Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Mathematics
Textbook
CHOO YAN MIN
& Answers.
Covers both 9740 & 9758 syllabuses.
Includes TYS
This book is optimised for viewing in PDF format (click the above link).
Other existing formats are crude conversions and may be sub-optimal.
Recent changes: First complete draft done. Spent a few days checking for errors.
Upcoming changes: None planned.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
This book is licensed under the Creative Commons license CC-BY-NC-SA 4.0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The scientist does not study nature because it is useful to do so. He studies it because
he takes pleasure in it, and he takes pleasure in it because it is beautiful.
- Henri Poincar (1908 [1914], Science and Method, English trans., p. 22).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
SYLLABUS ALERT
Where there are any differences between the old and revised syllabuses, Ill let you know
with a yellow box like this.
FREE! This book is free. But if you paid any money for it, I certainly hope your money
is going to me! This book is free because:
1. It is a shameless advertising vehicle for my awesome tutoring services.
2. The marginal cost of reproducing this book is zero.
DONATE! This book may be free, but donations are more than welcome! Donation
methods in footnote.3
Its irrational for Homo economicus to donate. But please consider donating because:
1. Youre a nice human being , [*emotional_manipulation*].
2. Your donations will encourage me and others to continue producing awesome free content
for the world.
Three Letter Abbreviations.
Indeed, some chunks of the old syllabus (9740) have simply been moved into the syllabus of Further Maths (9649), which
the authorities have kindly resurrected for the 2017 exam season.
3
Singapore. POSB Savings Account 174052271 or OCBC Savings Account 5523016383 (Name: Choo Yan Min). International. Bitcoin wallet: 1GDGNAdGZhEq9pz2SaoAdLb1uu34LFwViz. Paypal ychoo@umich.edu (Name: Yan Min Choo,
USD preferred because this account was set up in the US). USA. Venmo link (Name: Yanmin Choo).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Wolfram Alpha is somewhat more advanced (but also slower). Enter sin x for example
and youll get graphs, the derivative, the indefinite integral, the Maclaurin series, and a
bunch of other stuff you neither know nor care about.
The Derivative Calculator and the Integral Calculator are probably unbeatable for the
specific purposes of differentiation and integration. Both give step-by-step solutions for
anything you want to differentiate or integrate.
Here is a collection of spreadsheets I made. These spreadsheets are for doing tedious and
repetitive calculations youll often encounter in H2 maths (e.g. with vectors, complex
numbers, etc.). As with anything I do, I welcome any feedback you may have about
these spreadsheets. Perhaps in the future I will make a more attractive version of it.
(Instructions: Click Make a copy to open up your own independent copy of
this spreadsheet. Enter your input in the yellow cells. Output is produced in
the blue cells. If you mess up anything, simply click the same link and Make
a copy again.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
And of course, you can find countless free maths textbooks online (some less legal than
others). Two totally illegal7 resources are: LibGen for books and SciHub for articles.8
An old reliable is Bittorrent.
There is an entire StackExchange family of websites. The flagship site is StackOverflow where you can ask any programming
question and get it answered amazingly quickly.
7
Well, depending on which jurisdiction you live in. Of course, in Singapore, unless told otherwise, you should assume that
everything is illegal.
8
Note though that these sites are constantly playing whac-a-mole with the fascist authorities so the URLs often change
if so, simply google to look up the current URLs.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Preface
Divide students into two extremes:
1. Type #1 is happy to get an A, even if this means learning absolutely nothing.
2. Type #2 would rather learn a lot, even if this means getting a C.
The good Singaporean is trained to view pragmatism is the highest virtue (and obedience
second). She is thus also trained to be a Type #1 student (and indeed a Type #1 human
being).
If youre a Type #1 student, then this textbook may not be the best use of your time
(though you may still find the TYS and answers useful). Please use instead these three
resources, which are provided with the efficient Type #1 student in mind:
The H2 Mathematics CheatSheet, which contains all the formulae youll ever need
on two sides of a single A4 sheet of paper.9
The H2 Maths Exercise Book (coming soon), which teaches you how to mindlessly
apply formulae and give the correct answer to every exam question.
My totally awesome tuition classes!
Of course, it is fully intended that this textbook (complemented by a capable teacher) will
help any student get her A. But that for me is quite beside the point.
My broader goal in writing this textbook is to impart genuine understanding or at least
as much as is possible, within the stultifying confines of the A-level syllabus.
Maths education in Singapore is at least every bit as stupid and boring and formulaic
and mindless as in the US.10 But at least the average US student has the consolation
that only a very small portion of her life will have been squandered on mindless pseudomaths.
The same cannot be said for the average Singaporean student. By the time she turns 18,
she will have just for the subject of maths alone clocked many thousands of hours
attending classes; doing homework; doing practice exam questions; doing assessment books,
Ten Year Series; going to tuition classes; taking common tests, promos, prelims, one big
exam after another; etc.
This textbook is for the Singaporean A-level student. So a good deal of mindless formulae
is unavoidable. But at the same time, I try in this textbook to give the student a tiny
glimpse of what maths really is the art of explanation.11 So for example, this textbook
explains
Two things: (1) This CheatSheet does not include many of the formulae already printed in List MF26. (2) It is written for
9758 (revised) students (so 9740 students may find a few things missing).
10
At least as described by Paul Lockhart, in A Mathematicians Lament.
11
Lockhart, p. 29.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
12
The internet was, at that time, not so well-developed, so one could not easily find answers online.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Tuition Ad
I give tuition for the following at any level:
Economics.
Mathematics.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Or email:
DrChooYanMin@gmail.com
Contents
About This Book
Preface
12
35
1 Sets
36
1.1
In and Not In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
1.2
Greater than >, Less Than <, Positive > 0, and Negative < 0 . . . . . . . . . .
38
1.3
Types of Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
1.4
40
1.5
41
1.6
42
1.7
43
1.8
44
1.9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
47
1.11 Subset Of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
49
1.13 Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
1.14 Intersection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
52
53
54
2 Dividing By Zero
55
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3 Functions
56
3.1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58
3.2
62
3.3
64
3.4
65
3.5
66
3.6
One-to-One Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
3.7
Inverse Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
3.8
73
3.9
Composite Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74
4 Graphs
4.1
77
83
86
5.1
Laws of Exponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86
5.2
87
5.3
Absolute Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
6 Intercepts
90
7 Symmetry
93
7.1
93
7.2
94
7.3
Lines of Symmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97
99
8.1
8.2
Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
8.3
8.4
8.5
99
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9 Differentiation
114
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
9.5
d
Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
dx
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
133
135
151
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
159
162
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15 Transformations
166
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
f (x)
176
y 2 x2
= 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
b2 a2
bx + c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
dx + e
ax2 + bx + c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.9 The Hyperbola y =
dx + e
17 Simple Parametric Equations
203
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
211
18.1
ax + b
> 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
cx + d
18.2
ax2 + bx + c
> 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
dx2 + ex + f
II
19 Finite Sequences
224
225
231
233
236
240
242
245
III
251
Vectors
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
252
264
284
293
30 Vector Product
297
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
31 Lines
305
323
333
345
357
IV
Complex Numbers
374
375
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
379
384
390
398
406
411
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
423
432
Calculus
441
442
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
451
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
466
470
481
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
492
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
502
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
VI
511
512
523
539
547
557
566
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
574
578
586
589
596
608
609
612
. . . . . . . . . . 615
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
617
. . . . . . . . . . . 623
630
636
. . . . . . . . . 658
. . . . . . . . . . 659
660
675
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
71 Sampling
678
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
701
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
725
VII
Ten-Year Series
757
758
769
779
788
794
823
VIII
854
855
876
889
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
908
IX
921
Appendices (Optional)
922
bx + c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
dx + e
ax2 + bx + c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927
dx + e
929
930
943
946
. . . . . . . . . . . . 950
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
986
Answers to Exercises
1007
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1008
1068
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1077
1105
1128
94.1 Answers for Ch. 45: Solving Problems Involving Differentiation . . . . . . . . 1128
94.2 Answers for Ch. 46: Maclaurin Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130
94.3 Answers for Ch. 47: The Indefinite Integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133
94.4 Answers for Ch. 48: Integration Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134
94.5 Answers for Ch. 49: The Fundamental Theorems of Calculus . . . . . . . . . 1143
94.6 Answers for Ch. 50: Definite Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144
94.7 Answers for Ch. 51: Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147
Page 33, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1152
95.1 Answers for Ch. 52: How to Count: Four Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152
95.2 Answers for Ch. 53: How to Count: Permutations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155
95.3 Answers for Ch. 54: How to Count: Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157
95.4 Answers for Ch. 55: Probability: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160
95.5 Answers for Ch. 56: Conditional Probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164
95.6 Answers for Ch. 57: Probability: Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165
95.7 Answers for Ch. 59: Random Variables: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166
95.8 Answers for Ch. 60: Random Variables: Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170
95.9 Answers for Ch. 61: Random Variables: Expectation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171
95.10Answers for Ch. 62: Random Variables: Variance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173
95.11Answers for Ch. 64: Bernoulli Trial and Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174
95.12Answers for Ch. 65: Binomial Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1175
95.13Answers for Ch. 66: Poisson Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176
95.14Answers for Ch. 67: Continuous Uniform Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1178
95.15Answers for Ch. 68: Normal Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179
95.16Answers for Ch. 71: Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186
95.17Answers for Ch. 72: Null Hypothesis Significance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . 1189
95.18Answers for Ch. 73: Correlation and Linear Regression . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194
96 Answers to Exercises in Part VII (2006-2015 A-Level Exams) 1198
96.1 Answers for Ch. 74: Functions and Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198
96.2 Answers for Ch. 75: Sequences and Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225
96.3 Answers for Ch. 76: Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1255
96.4 Answers for Ch. 77: Complex Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269
96.5 Answers for Ch. 78: Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292
96.6 Answers for Ch. 79: Probability and Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Part I
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Sets
The glory of [maths] is its complete irrelevance to our lives. Thats why its so fun!
Paul Lockhart (2009, A Mathematicians Lament, p. 38).
I have never done anything useful. No discovery of mine has made, or is likely to make,
directly or indirectly, for good or ill, the least difference to the amenity of the world.
- G.H. Hardy (1940 [1967], A Mathematicians Apology, p. 150).
The set is the basic building block of mathematics. Informally, a set is a container that
usually has some objects in it, but can sometimes also be empty.
Each object in a set is called an element (of that set).
Example 1. Let A = {3, 2 , Clementi Mall, Love, the colour green}.
Observations:
The name of a set is often an upper-case letter; in this case, it is A.
Mathematical punctuation marks called braces {} are used to denote a set. Listed within
these braces are the elements of the set.
Elements of the set are separated by commas (,). This mathematical punctuation mark
means and.
Thus, {3, 2 , Clementi Mall, Love, the colour green} is the set consisting of five elements, namely 3 and 2 and Clementi Mall and Love and the colour green.
Elements in a set can be almost anything whatsoever! In this example, the
elements included a building (Clementi Mall), an abstract notion (Love), and even a
colour (green). The elements of a set can even be another set! But dont worry, in the
context of A-level maths, the elements of a set will almost always be numbers.
When we talk about a set, we refer to both the container itself and all the objects in
it.
Exercise 1. B is the set of the first 7 positive integers. Write down B in set notation.
(Answer on p. 1008.)
Exercise 2. C is the set of even prime numbers. Write down C in set notation. (Answer
on p. 1008.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.1
In and Not In
The mathematical punctuation mark means is in, while means is not in.
Example 2. Let B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}. Then 1 B, 2 B, 3 B, etc. You can read these
statements aloud as 1 is in B, 2 is in B, 3 is in B, etc.
We can also write 1, 2, 3 B (1, 2, and 3 are in B).
Also, 8 B, 9 B, 10 B, etc. (8 is not in B, 9 is not in B, 10 is not in B, etc.).
We can also write 8, 9, 10 B (8, 9, and 10 are not in B).
Example 3. Cow {Cow, Chicken} reads aloud as Cow is in the set consisting of Cow
and Chicken.
Cow, Chicken {Cow, Chicken} reads aloud as Cow and Chicken are in the set consisting
of Cow and Chicken.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.2
Greater than >, Less Than <, Positive > 0, and Negative < 0
In this textbook:
Greater than means strictly greater than (>). So I wont bother saying strictly,
unless its something I want to emphasise.
Less than means strictly less than (<).
If I want to say greater than or equal to () or smaller than or equal to (), Ill
say exactly that.
Positive means greater than zero (> 0).
Negative means less than zero (< 0).
Non-negative means greater than or equal to zero ( 0).
Non-positive means less than or equal to zero ( 0).
0 is neither positive nor negative. Instead, 0 is both non-negative and non-positive.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.3
Types of Numbers
The following taxonomy lists the several types of numbers youll encounter in this textbook.
Complex
Numbers
Real
Numbers
Rational
Numbers
Imaginary
Numbers
Irrational
Numbers
Integers
NonIntegers
Well study imaginary numbers only later on in Part IV of this textbook. For now, all
numbers well consider are real numbers (or reals). We wont define what real numbers
are. Instead, well simply assume (like in secondary school) that everyone knows what
real numbers are.
Infinity () and negative infinity () are NOT numbers. Informally, is the thing
that is greater than any real number. Similarly, is the thing that is smaller than any
real number. I repeat: INFINITY IS NOT A NUMBER.13
So what exactly are real numbers, infinity, and negative infinity? This is actually a fascinating question that mathematicians were able to answer satisfactorily only from the 19th
century, but is beyond the scope of the A-levels.
Definition 1. An integer is any one of these real numbers: . . . , 3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, . . .
Definition 2. A rational number (or simply rationals) is any real number that can be
expressed as the ratio of two integers. An irrational number (or simply irrationals) is any
other real number.
Example 5. The number 1.87 is a rational and a real, but it is not an integer.
Example 6. The number 3.14159 is an irrational and a real, but it is neither an integer
nor a rational.
13
Actually, the truth is somewhat more complicated. Under certain special contexts in more advanced mathematics, infinity
is treated as a number. But in this textbook, Ill simply keep it simple and insist that infinity is not a number.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.4
The order in which we write out the elements of the set does not matter:
Definition 3. Two sets are equal (or identical) if both sets contain exactly the same elements.
Example 7. There are at least six equivalent ways to write the set of the 3 smallest positive
even numbers: {2, 4, 6} = {2, 6, 4} = {4, 2, 6} = {4, 6, 2} = {6, 2, 4} = {6, 4, 2}.
Example 8. {Cow, Chicken} = {Chicken, Cow}.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.5
Note that more commonly, the number of elements in the set A is written as A. But for
some reason, the A-level syllabus instead uses the notation n(A), so thats what well use.
Exercise 3. W = {Apple, Apple, Apple, Banana, Banana, Apple}. What is n(W )? (Answer on p. 1008.)
Exercise 4. C is the set of even prime numbers. What is n(C)? (Answer on p. 1008.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.6
The mathematical punctuation mark . . . is called the ellipsis and means continue in the
obvious fashion.
Example 11. D is the set of all odd positive integers smaller than 100. So in set notation,
we can write D = {1, 3, 5, 9, 11, . . . , 99}.
Example 12. T is the set of all negative integers greater than 100. So in set notation, we
can write T = {99, 98, 97, . . . , 2, 1}.
What is obvious to one person might not be obvious to another. So only use the ellipsis
when youre confident it will be obvious to your reader! And never be shy to write a few
more of the sets elements (as I did with the sets above)!
Exercise 5. Let D and T be as in the above two examples. What are n(D) and n(T )?
(Answer on p. 1008.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.7
Example 13. Z+ is the set of all positive integers. So, Z+ = {1, 2, 3, . . . }. And since Z+ is
infinite, we write n(Z+ ) = .
Example 14. Z is the set of all integers. So, Z = {. . . , 3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, . . . }. And since
Z is infinite, we write n(Z) = .
Obviously, for an infinite set, we cannot explicitly list out all of its elements. So well often
use ellipses to help out, as we did in the above examples. Alternatively, we can use interval
notation or set-builder notation, which well learn about shortly.
Exercise 6. H is the set of all prime numbers. Write down H in set notation. (Answer on
p. 1008.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.8
The following sets are so common that they have special symbols:
1. Z = {. . . , 3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, . . . } is the set of all integers. (Z is for Zahl, German for
number.)
2. Q is the set of all rational numbers. (Q is for quoziente, Italian for quotient.)
3. R is the set of all real numbers.
4. C is the set of all complex numbers. (To be studied only in Part IV of this textbook.)
To create a new set that contains only the positive (or negative) elements of the old set,
append a superscript plus (+ ) or minus ( ) to the name of a set:
1. Z+ = {1, 2, 3, . . . } is the set of all positive integers. Z = {. . . , 3, 2, 1} is the set of all
negative integers.
2. Q+ is the set of all positive rational numbers. Q is the set of all negative rational
numbers.
3. R+ is the set of all positive real numbers. R is the set of all negative real numbers.
As well learn later, there is no such thing as a positive or negative complex number. Hence,
there is no such set named C+ or C .
To add the number 0 to a set, append a subscript zero (0 ) to its name:
Example 15. The set A = {3, 2 , Clementi Mall, Love, the colour green}. And so the set
A0 = {3, 2 , Clementi Mall, Love, the colour green, 0}.
Example 16. The set B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}. And so the set B0 = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}.
Adding both a superscript + and a subscript 0 to the name of a set creates a new set that
contains all positive elements of the old set and in addition the number 0.
Similarly, adding both a superscript and a subscript 0 to the name of a set creates a new
set that contains all negative elements of the old set and in addition the number 0.
Example 17. If V = {2, 1, 3, 4}, then V + = {3, 4}, V = {2, 1}, V0+ = {0, 3, 4}, and
V0 = {2, 1, 0}.
Exercise 7. If U = {1, 0, 2}, then what are U + , U , U0 , U0+ , and U0 ? (Answer on p. 1008.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.9
The left-bracket: [
The right-bracket: ]
2. [a, b] is the set of all real numbers that are greater than or equal to a and smaller than
or equal to b. Such a set is also called an closed interval.
Example 19. The set J = [0, 3] denotes the set of all real numbers that are
greater than
or equal to 0 and smaller than or equal to 3. So for example, the numbers 0, 2, 3 J.
3. (a, b] is the set of all real numbers that are greater than a and smaller than or equal to
b. Such a set is also called a half-open interval or a half-closed interval.
Example 20. The set K = (0, 3] denotes the set of all real numbers
that are greater than
4. [a, b) is the set of all real numbers that are greater than or equal to a and smaller than
b. Such a set is also called a half-open interval or a half-closed interval.
Example 21. The set L = [0, 3) denotes the set of all real numbers that are greater
than
or equal to 0 and smaller than or equal to 3. So for example, the numbers 0, 2 L, but
3 L.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 8. How many elements does the set Z = [1, 1] contain? (Answer on p. 1008.)
Exercise 9. How many elements does the set Y = (1, 1) contain? (Answer on p. 1008.)
Exercise 10. How many elements does the set X = (1, 1.01) contain? (Answer on p. 1008.)
Exercise 11. Write down R, R+ , R+0 , R , and R0 in interval notation. (Answer on p.
1008.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.10
The empty set is literally the set that contains no elements. Hence the name!
Definition 4. The empty set is the set {}. It can also be denoted .
Example 22. In 2016, the set of all Singapore Ministers who are younger than 30 is {} or
. This means that there is no Singapore Minister who is younger than 30.
Example 23. The set of all even prime numbers greater than 2 is {} or . This means
that there is no even prime number that is greater than 2.
Example 24. The set of numbers that are greater than 4 and smaller than 4 is {} or .
This means that there is no number that is simultaneously greater than 4 and smaller than
4.
As already mentioned, in this textbook (and also for the A-levels), the elements in a set will
almost always be numbers. But in general, the elements of a set can be (nearly) anything
whatsoever. In other words, a set really and simply is a container that can contain
(nearly) anything whatsoever.
Indeed, the elements of a set can be other sets, including even the empty set! Here are two
examples to illustrate:
Example 25. The set {} is not the same as the set . The former is a set containing a
single element, namely the empty set. The latter is the empty set. It is perhaps clearer if
we rewrite them as
{} = {{}} and = {} .
Now we clearly see that {{}} {}.
Note that the set {} = {{}} is certainly not empty, because it contains a single element
(namely the empty set).
Example 26. The set {, 1, {}} is the set containing three elements, namely the empty
set, the number 1, and a set containing the empty set.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.11
Subset Of
Exercise 12. State whether Z, Q, and R are subsets of each other. (Answer on p. 1008.)
Exercise 13. True or false: The set of currently-serving Singapore Prime Ministers is a
subset of the set of currently-serving Singapore Ministers. (Answer on p. 1008.)
The next fact is useful for showing that two sets are equal.
Fact 1. Two sets are subsets of each other They are identical.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.12
Proper Subset Of
Exercise 14. Is the set of all squares (call it S) a proper subset of the set of all rectangles
(call it R)? (Answer on p. 1008.)
Exercise 15. Does A B imply that A B? (Answer on p. 1009.)
Exercise 16. Does A B imply that A B? (Answer on p. 1009.)
Exercise 17. True or false statement: If A is a subset of B, then A is either a proper
subset of or is equal to B. (Answer on p. 1009.)
Remark 1. The official A-level syllabus uses the symbol to mean subset of and to
mean proper subset of. So this is what well use in this textbook.
However, confusingly enough, many writers use the symbol to mean subset of and to
mean proper subset of. We will not follow such practice in this textbook. Just to let you
know, in case you get confused while reading other mathematical texts!
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.13
Union
Definition 7. The union of the sets A and B (denoted A B) is the set of elements that
are either in A OR B.
Tip: U for Union.
Example 29. Let T = {1, 2}, U = {3, 4}, and V = {1, 2, 3}. Then T U = {1, 2, 3, 4},
T V = {1, 2, 3}, and U V = {1, 2, 3, 4}. And T U V = {1, 2, 3, 4}.
Exercise 18. Rewrite each of the following sets more simply: (a) [1, 2] [2, 3]. (b)
(, 3) [16, 7). (c) {0} Z+ ? (Answer on p. 1009.)
Exercise 19. What is the union of the set of squares (S) and the set of rectangles (R)?
(Answer on p. 1009.)
Exercise 20. What is the union of the set of rationals (Q) and the set of irrationals?
(Answer on p. 1009.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.14
Intersection
Definition 8. The intersection of the sets A and B (denoted A B) is the set of elements
that are in A AND B.
Definition 9. Two sets intersect if their intersection contains at least one element (i.e.
A B ).
Definition 10. Two sets are mutually exclusive or disjoint if their intersection is empty
(i.e. A B = ).
Example 30. Let T = {1, 2}, U = {3, 4}, and V = {1, 2, 3}. Then T U = , T V = {1, 2},
and U V = {3}. And T U V = .
Exercise 21. Rewrite each of the following sets more simply: (a) (4, 7] (6, 9). (b) [1, 2]
[5, 6]. (c) (, 3) (16, 7). (Answer on p. 1009.)
Exercise 22. What is the intersection of the set of squares (S) and the set of rectangles
(R)? (Answer on p. 1009.)
Exercise 23. What is the intersection of the set of rationals (Q) and the set of irrationals?
(Answer on p. 1009.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.15
Set Minus /
The set minus (sometimes also called set difference) operator is very convenient. Sadly,
it is not in the A-level syllabus and so Ill avoid using it in this textbook. Nonetheless, its
worth a quick mention.
Definition 11. A set minus B (denoted A/B or A B) is the set that contains every
element in A that is not also in B.
Example 31. Let T = {1, 2}, U = {3, 4}, and V = {1, 2, 3}. Then T /U = T , T /V = , and
U /V = {4}.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.16
Set Complement A
Definition 12. The set complement of A (denoted A or Ac ) is the set of all elements that
are not in A.
Example 32. Consider the set of positive integers. Let A = {2, 4, 6, 8, 10, . . . }. Then in
this context, A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, . . . }.
Example 33. Consider the set of all reals. Let A = R+ . Then in this context, A = R0 .
Example 34. Consider the roll of a die. The set of desired outcomes was A = {1, 6}.
Unfortunately, no desired outcome occurred. In other words, the actual outcome was an
element in the set A = {2, 3, 4, 5}.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1.17
Set-Builder Notation
Set-builder notation is an alternative method of writing down sets. In the current context,
the mathematical punctuation mark colon will mean such that.
Example 35. The set {x R x > 0} contains all x R such that x > 0. In words, this set
contains all real numbers that are positive.
What comes after the colon are the conditions or criteria that x must satisfy, in order to
qualify as a member of the set. Our sets will usually contain only numbers, but heres an
example to show you how we can write down one particular set of musical artists.
Example 36. The set {x x is an artist that has had a US Billboard Hot 100 #1 Single}
contains all the artists who have ever had a US Billboard Hot 100 #1 Single.
It will however be more typical for our sets to be sets such as these:
Example 37. {x R x > 0} = R+ , Q+ = {x Q x > 0}, Z+ = {x Z x > 0},
R+0 = {x R x 0}, Q+0 = {x Q x 0}, and Z+0 = {x Z x 0}.
Remark 2. We use the colon but some writers use instead the pipe .
Exercise 24. Write down R , Q , Z , R0 , Q0 , and Z0 in set-builder notation. (Answer
on p. 1009.)
Exercise 25. Write down (a, b), [a, b], (a, b], and [a, b) in set-builder notation. (Answer
on p. 1009.)
Exercise 26. Let X = {x x is a living current or former Prime Minister of Singapore}.
Write down the set X so that all its elements are explicitly stated. (Answer on p. 1009.)
Exercise 27. Rewrite
each of the following sets in set-builder notation: (a) (, 3)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Dividing By Zero
This very brief chapter is to warn you against making a common mistake dividing by
0. Students have little trouble avoiding this mistake if the divisor is obviously a big fat 0.
Instead, students usually make this mistake when the divisor is an unknown constant or
variable that might be 0.
Example 38. Find the values of x for which x(x 1) = (2x 2)(x 1).
Heres the wrong solution: Divide both sides by x 1 to get x = 2x 2. So x = 2.
Heres the correct solution: Case #1. Suppose x 1 = 0. Then the given equation is
satisfied. So x = 1 is one possible value for which x(x 1) = (2x 1)(x 1). Case #2.
Now suppose x 1 0. So we can divide both sides by x 1 to get x = 2x 2. So x = 2.
Conclusion. The two possible values of x for which x(x 1) = (2x 1)(x 1) are x = 1 and
x = 2.
Moral of the story. Whenever you divide by a certain quantity, make sure its non-zero.
If youre not sure whether it equals 0, then break up your analysis into two cases, as was
done in the above example: Case #1 the quantity equals 0 (and see what happens
in this case); Case #2 the quantity is non-zero (in which case you can go ahead and
divide).
By the way, lets take this opportunity to clear up another popular misconception You
1
1
may have heard that = . This is wrong. . Instead, any non-zero number divided
0
0
by 0 is undefined.14 Undefined is the mathematicians way of saying, You havent told
me what you are talking about. So what you are saying is meaningless.15
Exercise 28. Whats wrong with this proof that 1 = 0? (Answer on p. 1010.)
1. Let x, y be positive numbers such that x = y.
2. Square both sides: x2 = y 2 .
3. Rearrange: x2 y 2 = 0
4. Factorise: (x y)(x + y) = 0.
14
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Functions
16
This definition is still informal. See Definition 135 in the Appendices for the exact, formal definition (optional).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 29. For each of the following functions, write down the value of the function at
1. (a) The function f R R is defined by x x + 1. (b) The function g [1, 1] R is
defined by x 17x. (c) The function h Z+ R is defined by x 3x . (d) The function
i Z R is defined by x 3x . (Answer on p. 1011.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.2
This section simply repeats and emphasises what was already said above.
Example 44. Say we have ...
Domain {Cow, Chicken};
Codomain {Produces eggs, Produces milk, Guards the home}; and
Mapping rule: Chicken is mapped to Produces eggs.
Can we define a function using the above domain, codomain, and mapping rule?
No. The reason is that the mapping rule fails to specify what Cow (an element of the
domain) should be mapped to. It thus fails the requirement that every element in the
domain be mapped to an element in the codomain.
Example 45. Say we have ...
Domain {Cow, Chicken};
Codomain {Produces eggs, Produces milk, Guards the home}; and
Mapping rule: Cow is mapped to both Produces milk and Guards the home; and
Chicken is mapped to Produces eggs.
Can we define a function using the above domain, codomain, and mapping rule?
No. The reason is that the mapping rule maps Cow (an element of the domain) to more
than one element in the codomain. It thus fails the requirement that every element in the
domain be mapped to exactly one element in the codomain.
Example 46. Say we have ...
Domain R;
Codomain [0, 1]; and
Mapping rule: x x + 1.
Can we define a function using the above domain, codomain, and mapping rule?
No. The reason is that the mapping rule fails to map some elements in the domain (e.g.
14) to any element in the codomain. It thus fails the requirement that every element in the
domain be mapped to an element in the codomain.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
For Exercises 30-37: (i) State (yes/no) whether we can define a function using the given
domain, codomain, and rule. (ii) Explain why or why not. (iii) If we can, then write down
the function in formal notation.
Exercise 30. Let the domain be {5, 6, 7}, the codomain be Z+ , and the mapping rule be
x 2x (Answer on p. 1011.)
Exercise 31. Let the domain be {0, 3}, the codomain be {3, 4}, and the mapping rule be
(informally) any larger number will work. (Answer on p. 1011.)
Exercise 32. Let the domain be {2, 4}, the codomain be {3, 4}, and the mapping rule be
(informally) any smaller number will work. (Answer on p. 1011.)
Exercise 33. Let the domain be {1}, the codomain be {1}, and the mapping rule be
(informally) stay exactly the same. (Answer on p. 1011.)
Exercise 34. Let the domain be {1}, the codomain be {1, 2}, and the mapping rule be
(informally) stay exactly the same. (Answer on p. 1011.)
Exercise 35. Let the domain be {1, 2}, the codomain be {1}, and the mapping rule be
(informally) stay exactly the same. (Answer on p. 1011.)
Exercise 36. Let the domain be R, the codomain be R, and the mapping rule be x x.
(Answer on p. 1011.)
1
Exercise 37. Let the domain be R, the codomain be R, and the mapping rule be x .
x
(Answer on p. 1011.)
Exercise 38. How might you change the domain in Exercise 36 so that a function can be
defined? (Answer on p. 1012.)
Exercise 39. How might you change the domain in Exercise 37 so that a function can be
defined? (Answer on p. 1012.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.3
Definition 13. A function of a real variable is any function whose domain is a subset of
R.
Altogether then, a real-valued function of a real variable is any function both of whose
domain and codomain are subsets of R.
Example 48. Consider the functions f R R, g R R, and h R R defined by
x x2 . All three are real-valued functions, functions of a real variable, and thus also
real-valued functions of a real variable.
Consider the function i {Cow, Chicken} Z defined by Cow 5 and Chicken 32. This
is a real-valued function, but not a function of a real variable. Thus, it is not a real-valued
function of a real variable.
Consider the function j Z {Cow, Chicken} defined by x Cow if x is odd and x
Chicken if x is even. This is a function of a real variable, but not a real-valued function.
Almost all functions considered in H2 Maths are real-valued functions of a real variable. So
well see plenty of functions like f , g, and h from the above example, but rarely (if ever)
will we see functions like i or j.
In this textbook, unless otherwise clearly-stated, it may be assumed that all functions are
real-valued functions of a real variable.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.5
f g is the function with domain R, codomain R, and mapping rule x (7x + 5) x3 ; and
f
is the function with domain R R+ , codomain R, and mapping rule x (7x + 5) /x3 .
g
kf is the function with domain R, codomain R, and mapping rule x 2 (7x + 5).
We can of course give these four new functions new names (perhaps a single-letter name
for each), but this is not necessary. We can simplywrite:
(f + g) (1) = 7(1) + 5 + 13 = 13,
(f g) (1) = 7(1) + 5 13 = 11,
17
Formally, f + g is the function with domain A B, codomain R, and mapping rule x f (x) + g(x). Similarly, f g is the
function with domain A B, codomain R, and mapping rule x f (x) g(x).
f g is the function with domain A B, codomain R, and mapping rule x f (x)g(x).
f
is the function with domain {x x A B, g(x) 0}, codomain R, and mapping rule x f (x)/g(x). The set A
g
B/ {x g(x) = 0} is the set of all elements x that are in both A and B, excluding those for which g(x) = 0. This exclusion
is necessary, otherwise f (x)/g(x) may sometimes not be well-defined.
Finally, kf is simply the function with domain A, codomain R, and mapping rule x kf (x).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.6
One-to-One Functions
Informally, a function is one-to-one (or invertible) if every element in its range is hit
exactly once (by exactly one element in the domain). Put another way: every element y in
the range corresponds to exactly one element in the domain. Formally:
Definition 16. A function f D C is one-to-one (or invertible) if for every y f (D),
there is only one x D such that f (x) = y.
Example 54. Consider the function f whose domain is the set {Cow, Chicken}, codomain
is the set {Produces eggs, Produces milk, Guards the home}, and mapping rule is Cow
Produces milk and Chicken Produces eggs.
The range is {Produces eggs, Produces milk}.
This function is one-to-one because each element in the range is hit exactly once, as we
can easily verify: Produces eggs is hit once by Chicken and Produces milk is hit once
by Cow.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.7
Inverse Functions
Given a one-to-one (or invertible) function f , to find its inverse function f 1 , follow these
steps:
1. Dom (f 1 ) = Range (f ).
2. Cod (f 1 ) = Dom (f ).
3. Write down an expression f 1 (y) that involves only y and show that f 1 (y) = x
y = f (x) .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1
f
(y)
f(x), f -1(x)
4
3
2
1
x
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 58. You can verify for yourself that the function f R R defined by x 2x is
one-to-one. Lets find its inverse function f 1 .
1. f has range R. So f 1 has domain R.
2. f has domain R. So f 1 has codomain R.
3. As usual, lets pick any element y in the range of f and write:
y =f (x) y = 2x 0.5y = x.
1
f
(y)
f(x), f -1(x)
4
3
2
1
x
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 59. You can verify for yourself that the function f R+ R R defined by
1
x is one-to-one. Lets find its inverse function f 1 .
x
1. f has range R+ R . So f 1 has domain R+ R .
y =f (x) y =
= x ( y 0).
x
y
1
f
(y)
1
So f 1 has mapping rule y .
y
(Note that is the shorthand symbol for because. Similarly, is the shorthand symbol
for therefore.)
The condition here that y 0 is important and goes back to our warning that was Chapter
2 (Dividing by Zero). We know for sure that the range of f does not contain 0. This is
why in the last line above, we can safely divide both sides of the equation by y.
5
f(x), f -1(x)
4
3
2
1
x
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 60. You can verify for yourself that the function f R+0 R defined by x x2
is one-to-one. Lets find its inverse function f 1 .
1. f has range R+0 . So f 1 has domain R+0 .
y =f (x) y = x2 y = x.
1
f
(y)
Here there are two possibilities for the mapping rule of f 1 , namely y y and y y.
We must pick one. We know that the domain of f and
hence the codomain of f 1 is
f(x), f -1(x)
4
3
2
1
x
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
+
Exercise 44. Find
the inverse function for each of the following functions. (a) f R0 R
defined by x x. (b) g [0.5, 0.5] R defined by x sin x. (c) h R R defined by
x x3 .(Answers on p. 1014.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.8
We saw that some functions were not one-to-one (or non-invertible). And so for these
functions, an inverse function simply does not exist.
Nonetheless, we can often transform a non-invertible function into an invertible function.
One way to do this is by restricting the domain. The new invertible function will then have
an inverse function.
Example 61. We saw in Exercise 43 that the function j R R defined by x sin x was
not one-to-one. However, we can restrict the domain to [0.5, 0.5] to get a brand new
function g [0.5, 0.5] R defined by x sin x. This brand new function g is identical
to the original function j except for its domain. g is one-to-one, as you should verify for
yourself.
We can thus go ahead and construct the inverse function g 1 . Actually, we already did this
in Exercise 44.
There is almost always more than one way to restrict the domain of a non-invertible function
to obtain an invertible function. Indeed, a trivial case would be where we restrict its domain
to be the empty set! In which case the function thus formed would certainly be invertible,
though not very interesting (it would have an empty domain and an empty range so too
would its inverse function).
1
(x 1)2
is not one-to-one. (b) Show that by restricting its domain to (1, ), we can create a new
invertible function g (you must prove that this new function is invertible). (c) Then find
the inverse function g 1 . (Answer on p. 1015.)
Exercise 45. (a) Show that the function f (, 1) (1, ) R defined by x
Exercise 46. For the function f in Example 62, lets instead restrict the domain to [20, 30].
Show that the new function thus obtained is one-to-one and find its inverse. (Answer on
p. 1015.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3.9
Composite Functions
Definition 18. Let f and g be functions such that the range of g is a subset of the domain
of f . Then the composite function f g is the function with the same domain as g, the same
codomain as f , and mapping rule x f (g(x)).
The composite function f g can be read aloud as f circle g and is sometimes denoted
f g, especially when we want to make clear that we are not talking about f g. But well
rarely use the f g notation, unless there is some risk of confusion with f g.
The underlined condition is important: The range of g must be a subset of the domain of
f in order for the composite function f g to exist. This condition ensures that given any x
from the domain of g, the value g(x) is itself also in the domain of f , so that f (g(x)) is
well-defined.
If this condition fails, then the composite function f g simply does not exist.
Example 63. The functions g, f R R are defined by g x x + 1 and f x 2x. The
range of g is R this is indeed a subset of the domain of f (which is R). So the composite
function f g R R exists and is defined by x f (g(x)) = 2 (g(x)) = 2(x + 1).
Lets try computing f g(2). We can use the definition of a composite function: f g(2) =
f (g(2)) = f (2 + 1) = f (3) = 6.
Alternatively, we can directly use f g(x) = 2(x + 1) to compute f g(2) = 2(2 + 1) = 6.
Notice that for the composite function f g, we apply the function g first before applying the
function f . So for example, to compute, say f g(7), we compute g(7) first, then compute
f (g(7)). (A common mistake by students is to instinctiely read from left to right, and so
apply f first before g.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 47. For each of the following pairs of functions f and g, verify that the composite
function f g exists and write it out in full. Also, compute f g(1) and f g(2). (a) The functions
g, f R R defined by g x x2 + 1 and f x ex . (b) The functions g, f R R defined
by g x ex and f x x2 + 1. (c) The functions g, f R R+ R defined by g x 1/2x
and f x 1/x. (d) The functions g, f R R+ R defined by g x 1/x and f x 1/2x.
(Answer on p. 1016.)
We can of course also build a composite function out of a single function.
Example 66. The function f R R is defined by x 2x. The range of f is R and this
is indeed a subset of the domain of f (which is R). So the composite function f f R R
exists and is defined by x f (f (x)) = 2f (x) = 2(2x) = 4x. And so for example f f (3) =
2(2 3) = 12.
The composite function f f can instead be written as f 2 . So in the above example, wed
write f 2 (3) = 12.
We can, analogously, define the composite function f f 2 and denote it f 3 . Using the above
example, f 3 (x) = 8x and f 3 (3) = 24.
Of course, there are also f 4 , f 5 , etc.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Remark 5. The official A-level syllabus uses f 2 to mean the composite function f f and
nothing else. So this is what well do in this textbook.
But confusingly enough, some writers use the symbol f 2 to mean the second derivative of
f , f 3 to mean the third derivative of f , etc.. We wont follow such practice. Just to let
you know, in case you read other mathematical texts and get confused.
However, we will use f (3) to mean the third derivative of, f (4) to mean the fourth
derivative of, etc. This will show up occasionally in Part V (Calculus).
Exercise 48. For each of the following functions f , verify that the composite function f 2
exists and write it out in full. Also, compute f 2 (1) and f 2 (2). (a) The function f R R
defined by x ex . (b) The function f R R defined by x 3x + 2. (c) The function
f R R defined by x 2x2 + 1. (Answer on p. 1016.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Graphs
An ordered pair is a mathematical object. Like set of two objects, an ordered pair is,
informally, a container with two objects, where the objects are listed out with a comma
separating them.
The only difference between a set of two objects and an ordered pair is that order
matters for the latter.
To distinguish an ordered pair from a set of two objects, we use parentheses (instead of
braces).
Example 67. (Cow, Chicken) is an ordered pair. (5, 4) is an ordered pair.
We also refer to (a, b) as ordered set notation. So (Cow, Chicken) and (5, 4) are both
examples of ordered pairs, written out in ordered set notation.
Example 68. Let (Cow, Chicken) and (Chicken, Cow) be ordered pairs. Let {Cow,
Chicken} and {Chicken, Cow} be sets.
Recall that for sets, order did not matter. Hence, {Cow, Chicken} = {Chicken, Cow}.
In contrast, for ordered pairs, order does matter. And so (Cow, Chicken) (Chicken, Cow).
Definition 19. An ordered pair of real numbers is any (x, y) where both x, y are real.
Example 69. (5, 4), (1, 1), and (2, 3) are all ordered pairs of real numbers.
Confusingly, above in Section 1.9 (Intervals), we said that (5, 4) was a set, namely {x R
5 < x < 4}. Here we say instead that (5, 4) is an ordered pair, consisting of two objects
(5 and 4), the order of which matters.
Unfortunately this is yet another bit of confusing notation youll have to live with. Youll
have to learn to tell, from the context, whether (5, 4) is a set of infinitely-many real
numbers or an ordered pair. But dont worry, this is usually pretty obvious.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 20. In any ordered pair of real numbers, the first real is called the x-coordinate
and the second is the y-coordinate.
Definition 21. The cartesian plane is the set of all ordered pairs of real numbers.
In set-builder notation, the cartesian plane can be written as {(x, y) x R, y R}. This
reads aloud as the cartesian plane is the set of ordered pairs of real number (x, y).
In this textbook, well usually only ever look at ordered pairs of real numbers.
Hence, rather than say ordered pair of real numbers, well simply say ordered pair. And
so whenever you see the notation (x, y), it should be understood that this is an ordered
pair of real numbers (and not cows or chickens).
And so instead of writing the cartesian plane as {(x, y) x R, y R}, well simply write it
as {(x, y)}, with the understanding that x, y are reals.
In the present context, well also simply call any ordered pair of real numbers a point.
(Later on, in the context of three-dimensional geometry, points will also refer to ordered
triples of real numbers.)
Definition 22. In the context of the cartesian plane, the origin is the point (0, 0).
Points are usually given lower-case letters as names.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We can illustrate the cartesian plane graphically. The horizontal axis corresponds to the
x-coordinate of the points and is thus also called the x-axis. The vertical axis corresponds
to the y-coordinate of the points and is thus also called the y-axis.
Example 70. The points (or ordered pairs of real numbers) a = (5, 4), b = (1, 1), and
c = (2, 3) are illustrated graphically on the cartesian plane:
a
3
b
x
-5
-3
-1
-1
-3
-5
Example 71. The set of three points {a, b, c} = {(5, 4), (1, 1), (2, 3)} is a graph.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The graph of a function f is simply the set of points (x, y) that satisfy x D, y C, and
f (x) = y. Formally:
Definition 24. The graph of a function f D C is the set {(x, y) x D, y C, y = f (x)}.
Given a function that is named with a lower-case letter, we will often use the upper-case
version of that same letter to denote that functions graph. So for example, given the
function f , we often give its graph the name F .
Example 72. Consider the function f R R defined by x x2 . Its graph may be written
as F = {(x, y) y = x2 }.
f(x), y
x
0
-2
-1
Weve defined graph as a noun. But at the slight risk of confusion, well also use it as a
verb that means draw in the cartesian plane a given set of points. So we can say either
we draw the graph of f (graph as a noun), or we graph f (graph as a verb).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 25. Given a function f D C, a point of the function is any element of its
graph. That is, it is any ordered pair (x, f (x)), where x D.
To use the above example, we say that (2, 4) and (5, 25) are both points of f .
But since x determines f (x), it is nice but not necessary to specify the complete ordered
pair (x, f (x)). Instead, we can refer to the point simply as x. So in the above example, we
can simply say that 2 and 5 are both points of f , with the understanding that what we
really mean is (2, 4) and (5, 25) are both points of f . This is a bit sloppy and at the risk
of some confusion, but will save us a lot of messy notation.
So in the context of functions, x does double duty. It can either refer to an element in the
functions domain OR it can refer to a point of the function.
On exams though, it is probably safer to simply list out the full co-ordinates, whenever
youre referring to a point. Just in case your marker is damn niao.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We just learnt about the graph of a function. A graph of an equation is very similarly
defined:
Definition 26. Given an equation involving x and y as the only two variables, the graph
of the equation is the set of points (x, y) that satisfy the equation.
Example 73. The graph below is of the equation x2 + y 2 = 1. It is simply the set {(x, y)
x2 + y 2 = 1}.
1
f(x), g(x), y
p = (x, y)
x 2 + y2 = 1
y
x
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
(-0, 0)
Centre
-1
Exercise 49. (a) Can the equation x2 + y 2 = 1 be rewritten into the form of a single
function? (b) Can it be rewritten into the form of two functions? (Answer on p. 1017.)
Exercise 50. Draw the graphs of each of the following equations. (a) y = ex . (b) y = 3x + 2.
(c) y = 2x2 + 1. (Answers on pp. 1017, 1018, and 1019.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
4.1
You are required to know how to use a graphing calculator to graph a given function.
Pretty bizarre that in this age of the smartphone, they want you to learn how to use these
clunky and now-useless devices from the 80s and 90s. It is the equivalent of having to
learn how to program a VCR.
This textbook will give only a very few examples involving graphing calculators.
There is no better way of learning to use it than to play around with it yourself. By the
time you sit down for your A-level exams, you will have had plenty of practice with it.
You can also use any of the seven calculators in the list below (last updated by SEAB on
March 1st, 2016, PDF). But this textbook will stick with the TI-84 PLUS Silver Edition
(which Ill simply call the TI84).18
Ill always start each example with the calculator freshly reset.
Example 74. Graph the function f R R defined by x x2 .
1. Press ON to turn on your calculator.
2. Press Y= to bring up the Y= editor.
3. Press X,T,,n to enter X; then x2 to enter the squared 2 symbol.
4. Now press GRAPH and the calculator will graph y = x2 .
After Step 1.
18
After Step 2.
After Step 3.
After Step 4.
My understanding is that most students use a TI calculator and that the five approved TI calculators are pretty similar.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
2
1 x2 and g [1, 1] R defined
by x 1 x. We can thus tell our calculator to
graph two separate equations: y = 1 x2 and y = 1 x2 .
1. Press ON to turn on your calculator.
2. Press Y= to bring up the Y= editor.
Most buttons on the TI84 have three different roles. If you simply press a button, then the
TI84 executes the role that is printed on the button itself. If you press the blue 2ND and
then a button, then the TI84 executes the role printed in blue above the button. And if
you press the green ALPHA and then a button, then the TI84 exexcutes the role printed
in green above the button.
entered 1 x2 .
4. Now press ENTER and the blinking cursor will move down, to the right of Y2 =.
After Step 1.
After Step 2.
After Step 3.
After Step 4.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
After Step 6.
After Step 8.
After Step 9.
After Step 7.
repeat what we did in step 3 above: Press the blue 2ND button and then
(which
2
1 X ). Altogether you will have entered 1 x2 .
5. Now press GRAPH and the calculator will graph both y = 1 x2 and y = 1 x2 .
Notice the graphs are very small. To zoom in:
6. Press the ZOOM button to bring up a menu of ZOOM options.
7. Press 2 to select the Zoom In option. Nothing seems to happen. But now press ENTER
and the TI84 will zoom in a little for you.
We expected to see a perfect circle. Instead we get an elongated oval whats going on?
The reason is that by default, the x- and y- axes are scaled differently. To set them to the
same scale:
8. Press the ZOOM button again to bring up the ZOOM menu of options. Press 5 to
select the ZSquare option. Nothing seems to happen. But now press ENTER and the
TI84 will adjust the x- and y- axes to have the same scale. And now we have a perfect
circle.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Heres a super quick revision of some O-Level Maths well be using. If you have severe
difficulty with these exercises, you should go back and review your O-Level Maths material!
5.1
Laws of Exponents
=x
a+b
x a
xa
( ) = a,
y
y
xa
= xab ,
b
x
(xa )
= xab ,
(xy)a = xa y a ,
xa =
1
,
xa
a1/b =
b
a,
ac/b =
c
b
ac = ( b a) .
(8x+2 34(23x ))
.
2x+1
( 8)
19
By convention, 00 is usually defined to be equal to 1 this textbook will follow this practice.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
5.2
Example 76. Heres a case where theres just a surd in the denominator:
1
2
2
= =
.
2
2
2 2
For more complicated cases, the trick is to use the fact that (a + b)(a b) = a2 b2 .
Given a + b, we call a b the conjugate of a + b. We refer to a + b and a b as a conjugate
pair.
Example 77.
1 2
1 2 1 2
1
1 2
=
=
=
=
= 2 1.
12
1
1 + 2 (1 + 2) (1 2) 12 ( 2)2
x
y
x2
y2
+1
x
x2
+1 .
2
y
y
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
5.3
Absolute Value
z,
z =
z,
if z 0,
if z < 0.
20
The absolute value operator is the function with domain R, codomain R+0 , and mapping rule x x if x 0 and x x
if x < 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Fact 4.
a a
= (provided b 0).
b
b
a
a
a
< 0 so that = . Moreover,
b
b
b
a a
a a
a a
either
=
or
= . Altogether then, indeed
= .
b
b
b b
b
b
If a and b have opposite signs (and are non-zero), then
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Intercepts
Example 79. The graph below is of the equation y = x + 3. It has horizontal intercept 3
and vertical intercept 3.
5
y
y=x+3
3
1
x
-5
-3
-1
-1
-3
-5
Horizontal intercepts are the x-coordinates of the points at which the graph intersects
the horizontal or x-axis. Similarly, vertical intercepts are the y-coordinates of the points
at which the graph intersects the vertical or y-axis.
Definition 27. a is a horizontal intercept (or x-intercept) of a graph G if (a, 0) G.
Definition 28. b is a vertical intercept (or y-intercept) of a graph G if (0, b) G.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Where the graph G is of an equation (or function), we sometimes also call the horizontal
intercepts zeros or roots of the equation (or function). (Well use the terms zeros and
roots interchangeably in this textbook.)
Example 80. Consider the equation y = x2 1. Its zeros or roots are 1 and 1, because
these are the values of x for which y = 0.
Of course, 1 and 1 are also the horizontal intercepts (or x-intercepts) of the graph of the
equation.
Example 81. Consider the the function f with domain R, codomain R, and mapping rule
x x2 1. Its zeros or roots are 1 and 1, because these are the values of x for which
f (x) = 0.
Of course, 1 and 1 are also the horizontal intercepts (or x-intercepts) of the graph of f .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
f(x)
f(x) = x2 - 1
x
0
-2
-1
-1
The A-level exams will often ask you to write down the full co-ordinates of the points at
which a graph (or curve) crosses the axes this means writing down both the x- and
y-coordinates, and not just the horizontal intercept or the vertical intercept. Heres an
exercise to help you make this a habit.
Exercise 54. Write down in full the point(s) at which the graphs of each the following
equations crosses the axes: (a) x2 +y 2 = 1. (b) y = x2 4. (c) y = x2 +2x+1. (d) y = x2 +2x+2.
(Answer on p. 1022.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
7
7.1
Symmetry
A reflection of a point in a line is its mirror image point on that line. Formally:
Definition 29. Let a be a point and l1 be a line. Let l2 be the line that is perpendicular
to l1 and runs through a. Let x be the point where l1 and l2 intersect. Then the reflection
of a in l1 is the point a on l2 such that the distances ax and a x are equal.
l1
l2
a'
Fact 5. Let (a, b) be a point. Its reflection in the line y = x is the point (b, a).
Fact 6. Let (a, b) be a point. Its reflection in the line y = x is the point (b, a).
Example 83. (a) Given the point (3, 17), its reflection in the line y = x is (17, 3) and its
reflection in the line y = x is (17, 3).
(b) Given the point (1, 5), its reflection in the line y = x is (5, 1) and its reflection in the
line y = x is (5, 1).
(c) Given the point (0, 0), its reflection in the line y = x is (0, 0) and its reflection in the
line y = x is (0, 0).
Exercise 55. For each of the following points, write down their reflections in the lines (i)
y = x; and (ii) y = x. (a) (3, 17). (b) (1, 5). (c) (0, 0). (Answer on p. 1023.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
7.2
Definition 30. The reflection of a graph G in a line is the graph G where each point in
G is a reflection of a point in G.
Example 84. The reflection of the graph G = {(x, y) y = x2 + 4} in the line y = 2 is the
graph G = {(x, y) y = x2 }.
G : y = x2 + 4
y=2
line of reflection
G ' : y = -x2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 85. The reflection of the graph G = {(x, y) y = ln x} in the line x = 0 is the
graph G = {(x, y) y = ln(x)}.
y
x=0
line of reflection
G ' : y = ln (-x)
G : y = ln x
x
Fact 7 formalises our earlier observation in section 3.7 (Inverse Functions) that the graphs
of f and its inverse f 1 are reflections in the line y = x.
Fact 7. Let f be an invertible function. Then the reflection of the graph of f in the line
y = x is the graph of its inverse function f 1 .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The next Fact simply makes the obvious observation that the reflection in the line y = x of
any point along the line y = x is itself.
Fact 8. Let (a, a) be a point. Its reflection in the line y = x is (a, a).
The above Fact is useful for finding where a function and its inverse intersect.
Example 86. Let f R R be the invertible function defined by x 2x. The graph of f
intersects the graph of f 1 at the point(s) where x = f (x) x = 2x x = 0. Notice
the intersection point (0, 0) is also on the line y = x. See figure on p. 70.
Example 87. Let f R+0 R be the invertible function defined by x x2 . The graph of
f intersects the graph of f 1 at the point(s) where x = f (x) x = x2 x(x 1) = 0
x = 0, 1. Notice the intersection points (0, 0) and (1, 1) are also on the line y = x. See
figure on p. 72.
Be careful not to make the mistake of believing that f and f 1 can only intersect at points
where x = f (x). A function and its inverse can certainly intersect at points that
are not on the y = x line.
Example 88. Let f R+ R R be the invertible function defined by x 1/x. The
graph of f intersects the graph of f 1 at the point(s) where x = f (x) x = 1/x
x = 1, 1.
We have merely found two points at which f and f 1 intersect. There may very well be
other intersection points. Indeed, in this example, f and f 1 also intersect at every other
x 0! See figure on p. 71.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
7.3
Lines of Symmetry
Example 89. The graph of y = x2 is symmetric in the line x = 0 (which also happens to
be the vertical axis).
4
y
x=0
Reflection
line
3
y = x2
x
0
-2
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1
is symmetric in the lines y = x and y = x.
x
5
y
4
y = -x
line
y=x
line
3
2
1
y=1/x
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
-1
5
x
-2
-3
-4
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The syllabus makes nearly no mention of limits and none of continuity. Yet differentiation
and integration are built entirely on the concept of limits. Continuity is also almost always
assumed. It is thus well-worth spending an hour or two on these concepts, especially since
theyre not difficult and everything will become that much clearer.
8.1
Statements #1 and #2 are entirely equivalent. Either may be (informally) interpreted thus:
x
-5
-3
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x
-5
-3
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
In the next example, both h(3) and lim h(x) are well-defined, but lim h(x) h(3).
x3
x3
x
-5
-3
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
we cannot make i(x) as close to 17 as we like by restricting x to values that are close to
but not equal to 3. Hence,
As x 3, i(x)
/ 17,
x
-5
-3
-1
Section 8.3 gives more examples of limits. But first, lets learn about continuity.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
8.2
Continuity
Section 88.6 in the Appendices contains additional definitions and results concerning continuity (optional).
Example 91 (revisited). Graphed below is the function f R R defined by x 5x + 2.
It is continuous at 3, because lim f (x) = 17 and f (3) = 17.
x3
20
10
f is continuous
everywhere
-5
-3
0
-1
x
1
-10
-20
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
However, it is not continuous at 3, because lim g(x) = 17, but g(3) is undefined, and so
x3
g is continuous
everywhere
except at x = 3.
x
-5
-3
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
However, it is not continuous at 3, because lim h(x) = 17, but h(3) = 0 and so lim h(x)
x3
x3
h(3).
Altogether, h is continuous at any a (, 3)(3, ), because for any a (, 3)(3, ),
we have lim h(x) = h(a). But h fails to be continuous at 3.
xa
y
h is continuous
everywhere
except at x = 3.
x
-5
-3
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
8.3
We now turn to examples where limits do not exist. We start with a trivial example.
Example 95. Graphed below is the function f R+0 R defined by x 5x + 2.
There is no number L such that for all values of x that are close to but not equal to 3,
f (x) is also close to L. And so we simply say that lim f (x) does not exist.
x3
This is a trivial example because 3 is far from the domain of f . So obviously, for all
values of x that are close to but not equal to 3, f (x) is undefined and so of course there
is no number L that f (x) is always close to!
x
-5
-3
-1
is
undefined.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1
x
for all x 0. This is a very strange function. As x gets ever closer to 0, g(x) fluctuates
ever more rapidly between 1 and 1.
Example 96. Graphed below is the function g R R defined by g(0) = 0 and g(x) = sin
Its difficult or even impossible to draw an accurate graph of g near the origin.
In this example, lim g(x) does not exist. The reason is that for all values of x that are
x0
close to but not equal to 0, there is no number L that g(x) is close to. When x is close
to 0, g(x) takes on every value in [1, 1] infinitely often! And so g(x) can never be said
to be close to any one single number L.
Altogether then, g is not continuous at 0. (With a little work, we can actually prove that
g is continuous on R and also on R+ , but this is beyond the scope of A-levels.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
(but not equal to) 3, h(x) is never close to any one single value; instead, h(x) switches
infinitely often between 1 and 2.
Indeed, lim h(x) does not exist for any a R! However we try to restrict x to values that
xa
are close to (but not equal to) a, h(x) is never close to any one single value; instead, h(x)
switches infinitely often between 1 and 2.
h is nowhere-continuous: For every a R, h(a) is perfectly well-defined, lim h(x) is not.
xa
And so for every a R, lim h(x) h(a).
xa
y
2
1
is nowherecontinuous.
x
1,
Exercise 56. Consider the function f R R defined by f (x) =
2,
x0
if x 0,
if x > 0.
What are
x5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
8.4
This section considers infinite limits, i.e. where as x approaches some number, f (x)
increases (or decreases) grows without bound .
Example 98. Graphed below are the functions f and g, both with domain (, 3)(3, )
1
1
and codomain R, defined by f x 2 +
and g x 2
.
2
(x 3)
(x 3)2
vertical asymptote
-2
-1
x
3
Observe that for all values of x that are close to but not equal to 3, there is no number
L that f (x) is close to. Hence, we say that lim f (x) simply does not exist. Similarly,
x3
lim g(x) = .
x3
lim f (x) (no such thing exists); or that this thing is equal to some other thing called
x3
(recall that is not a number!). Instead, lim f (x) = is interpreted informally as:
x3
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x/2
15
Vertical
asymptote
x = - /2
10
y = tan x
x
0
/2
/2
-5
Vertical
asymptote
x = /2
-10
-15
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
8.5
This section considers limits at infinity (not to be confused with the infinite limits discussed in the previous section). That is, the behaviour of f (x) as x increases (or decreases) grows without bound.
Example 98 (revisited). Reproduced below are the graphs of the functions f and g,
1
and
both with domain (, 3) (3, ) and codomain R, defined by f x 2 +
(x 3)2
1
g x 2
.
(x 3)2
We already saw that f and g both have vertical asymptote x = 3, because as x , f (x)
increases without bound and g(x) decreases without bound. We now consider instead what
happens as x increases or decreases without bound.
horizontal asymptotes
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
20
y = ex
15
10
Horizontal asymptote
x
y=0
0
-4
-2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1
x
-5
-3
-1
-1
Oblique
asymptote
y=x
-3
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9
9.1
Differentiation
The problem of finding the derivative is the problem of finding the slope of the tangent to
a graph at a given point.
Graphed below is some function f R R. Pick some point A = (a, f (a)). Draw the line l
which is tangent to the graph at the point A.
How do we find the slope of l? Unsure of how to proceed, we try a crude approximation.
Pick some point X1 = (x1 , f (x1 )) that is also on the graph. Consider the line AX1 . Whats
f (x1 ) f (a)
its slope? Slope = Rise Run and so AX1 has slope
.
x1 a
This number serves as our first crude approximation of the slope of l.
How can we improve on this approximation? Simple just pick some point X2 = (x2 , f (x2 ))
f (x2 ) f (a)
that is closer to A. The line AX2 has slope
.
x2 a
This number serves as our second, improved approximation of the slope of l.
y
f (x1)
X1
l
f (x2)
X2
A
f (a)
y = f (x)
x
a
x2
x1
At least in theory, we can keep repeating this procedure, by picking points that are ever
closer to A. Our estimates of the slope of l will get ever better. Altogether then, we are
motivated to make the following formal definition of the derivative:
Page 114, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
If this limit exists, then we say that f is differentiable at the point a D and we call this
limit the value of f s derivative at the point a D.
But if this limit does not exist, then we say that f is not differentiable at the point a D
and the value of f s derivative at the point a D is undefined or does not exist.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
y
Derivative = -1 for a < 0
Indeed, the value of f s derivative at any point a < 0 is 1, because for any a < 0,
f (x) f (a)
x a
x + a
= lim
= lim
= lim 1 = 1.
xa
xa x a
xa x a
xa
xa
lim
lim
= lim 1 = 1,
x0 x
x0
f (x) f (0)
x 0
x
lim
= lim
= lim
=
x0 x 0
x0 x
x0
x0
lim
= lim (1) = 1,
x0 x x0
So as x 0, there is no one single value towards which the expression
proaches. So the limit does not exist.
Page 116, Table of Contents
for x > 0,
for x < 0.
f (x) f (0)
apx0
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.2
Lagranges notation:
Leibnizs notation:
Newtons notation:
f (x) f (a)
.
xa
xa
f (a) = lim
R
f (x) f (a)
df (x) RRRR
RRR = lim
xa
dx RR
xa
Rx=a
or
R
f (x) f (a)
df RRRR
RRR = lim
.
xa
dx RR
xa
Rx=a
f (x) f (a)
.
xa
xa
f (a) = lim
Some remarks.
Lagranges and Leibnizs notation are widely-used. Newtons notation is not.
But Newtons notation is sometimes used in physics (especially when the independent
variable is time). You certainly need to know about Newtons notation because it is on the
A-level syllabus. Nonetheless, this textbook will avoid using Newtons notation.
d
Leibnizs notation is convenient in that it allows us to interpret
as the differentiate
dx
with respect to operator.
Section 9.5 will give some examples of how this operator works.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
a=2
a=0
f (2) = 1,
f (0) is undefined,
Leibnizs notation:
R
df RRRR
= 1,
R
dx RRRR
Rx=5
R
df RRRR
R = 1,
dx RRRR
Rx=2
R
df RRRR
is undefined,
R
dx RRRR
Rx=0
Newtons notation:
f (5) = 1,
f (2) = 1,
f (0) is undefined.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
the correct informal interpretation (easily seen when written in Leibnizs notation) is this:
The change in z caused by a small unit change in x is equal to The change in z caused
by a small unit change in y The change in y caused by a small unit change in x.
Another result is the Inverse Function Theorem, which may informally be stated as:
dy 1
= .
dx dx
dy
dy
dx
and
as fractions, so that indeed by nave
dx
dy
algebra, the above equation is true. But again, the correct informal interpretation (easily
seen when written in Leibnizs notation) is this: The change in y caused by a small unit
change in x is equal to The reciprocal of the change in x caused by a small unit change
in y.
Again, the nave interpretation would be of
For a more detailed discussion, see the leading answer to this question on Math StackExchange.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.3
The Derivative of f
Lagranges notation:
f .
Leibnizs notation:
df (x)
dx
Newtons notation:
f.
or
df
.
dx
d 2
d
cx = 2cx and
cx = c.
dx
dx
Example 103. Let f R R be defined by f (x) = 7x2 . Its derivative is the function
f R R defined by f (x) = 14x. This derivative may be denoted
f or
df (x)
df
or
or f .
dx
dx
df (x)
df
=
= f (0.5) = 1.75.
dx x=0.5 dx x=0.5
df (x)
df
The value of the derivative of f at 1 is f (1) =
= = f (1) = 7.
dx x=1 dx x=1
df (x)
df
The value of the derivative of f at 2 is f (2) =
= = f (2) = 28.
dx x=2 dx x=2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.4
The derivative is also known as the first derivative. The second derivative is, similarly, also
a function:
Definition 35. Let f D R be a function. The second derivative of f is simply the
derivative of the derivative of f .
The Derivative of f
Lagranges notation:
f .
Leibnizs notation:
d2 f (x)
dx2
Newtons notation:
f.
d2
d2 f
f
or
.
dx2
dx2
or
d2 f
.
dx2
d
is the operator, it makes sense to denote the second
dx
d2 f (x)
d2 f
or
or
f
.
dx2
dx2
df (x)
df
=
= f (0.5) = 14.
dx x=0.5 dx x=0.5
df (x)
df
The value of the second derivative of f at 1 is f (1) =
= = f (1) = 14.
dx x=1 dx x=1
df (x)
df
The value of the second derivative of f at 2 is f (2) =
= = f (2) = 14.
dx x=2 dx x=2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We similarly define the third, fourth, fifth, etc. derivatives in the obvious fashion.
Definition 36. Let f D R be a function. For n 3, the nth derivative of f is simply
the derivative of the (n 1)th derivative of f .
The 3rd
The 4th
Derivative of f Derivative of f
Lagranges notation:
f (3) .
f (4) .
Leibnizs notation:
d3 f
dx3 .
d4 f
dx4
Newtons notation:
f.
Etc.
f.
Example 103 (revisited). Let f R R be defined by x 7x2 . Its first derivative is the
function f R R defined by x 14x. Its second derivative is the function f R R
defined by x 14. We have f (2) = 28 and f (2) = 14.
Its third derivative is the function f (3) R R defined by x 0. Its fourth derivative is
the function f (4) R R defined by x 0. Observe that f (3) = f (4) . Indeed, the third and
all higher-order derivatives are identical functions: f (3) = f (4) = f (5) = . . .
We have f (3) (2) = f (4) (2) = f (5) (2) = = 0. Indeed, for any x R, we have f (3) (x) =
f (4) (x) = f (5) (x) = = 0.
Exercise 57. Given f D R and f A R, what is f ? (Answer on p. 1025.)
Exercise 58. (Tedious but easy.) Let g R R be defined by x x4 x3 + x2 x + 1.
Write down all of its derivatives. Evaluate all of these derivatives at 1. Write your answers
in Lagranges, Leibnizs, and Newtons notation. (Answer on p. 1025.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.5
Example 104.
d
Operator
dx
d 2
x = 2x is simply shorthand for this statement:
dx
The derivative of the function with mapping rule x x2 is the function with mapping rule
x 2x.
Example 105.
d
f = g is simply shorthand for this statement:
dx
The derivative of the function f is the function g.
Example 106.
d
f g = g f + f g is simply shorthand for this statement:
dx
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.6
d
sin x =
dx
cos x,
d
f g = f g,
dx
d
cos x =
dx
sin x,
d
dx
kf
d
dx
f g
g f + f g,
d
dx
xk
= kxk1 ,
d
dx
f
g
g f f g
,
gg
d
dx
ex
ex ,
d
d (f g) dg
f g =
.
dx
dg
dx
d
dx
ln x
1
,
x
0,
kf ,
(My mnemonic for the Quotient Rule is: Lo-D-Hi minus Hi-D-Lo; cross over and square
the low.)
Proof. Optional, see p. 957 in the Appendices.
Of the above rules, the Chain Rule is the most powerful. We can also write it more elegantly
(if a little imprecisely) as
dz dz dy
=
.
dx dy dx
As discussed above in the historical note (p. 118), thus written, the Chain Rule has a
beautiful informal interpretation: The change in z caused by a small unit change in x is
equal to The change in z caused by a small unit change in y The change in y caused
by a small unit change in x. This makes perfect sense:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 107. When I add 1 g of Milo (the x-variable) to a cup of water, the volume of
dy
the water increases by 2 cm3 (the y-variable). That is,
= 2 cm3 g-1
dx
When the volume of the water increases by 1 cm3 (the y-variable), the water level (in the
dz
cup) rises by 0.3 cm (the z-variable). That is
= 0.3 cm cm-3 = 0.3 cm-2 .
dy
Altogether then, when I add 1 g of Milo (the x-variable) to a cup of water, I should expect
dz
the water level to rise by 0.6 cm. That is,
= 0.6 cm g-1 . This is indeed consistent with
dx
dz dz dy
=
= 2 0.3 = 0.6 cm g-1 .
dx dy dx
In case youve forgotten how it works, here are a few examples to illustrate:
Example 108. Let h R R be defined by x esin x .
desin x desin x d sin x
h (x) =
=
= esin x cos x.
dx
d sin x dx
4x 1.
d 4x 1 d 4x 1 d (4x 1)
0.5
0.5
g (x) =
=
= 0.5 (4x 1)
4 = 2 (4x 1)
.
dx
d (4x 1)
dx
Heres a more complicated example, where the Chain Rule is applied twice.
3
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 59. For each of the following functions (assume they have a suitably defined
domain and codomain), evaluate the first derivative at 0. (a) f (x) = x2 . (b) g(x) =
x
2
1 + [x ln (x + 1)] . (c) h(x) = sin
2 . (Answer on p. 1026.)
1 + [x ln (x + 1)]
Corollary 1.
d
d
d
tan x = sec2 x,
cot x = csc2 x, and
csc x = csc x cot x.
dx
dx
dx
SYLLABUS ALERT
d
csc x = csc x cot x is in the List of Formulae for 9758 (revised), but not for 9740 (old).
dx
d
csc x = csc x cot x.
dx
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.7
In other words, f is differentiable if and only if f has the same domain as f . Similarly, f
is twice-differentiable if and only if f has the same domain as f .
And of course, if a function is twice-differentiable, then it is also differentiable.
(The definitions for a function to be thrice-differentiable, four-times-differentiable,
etc. are very much analogous, but this textbook will have no reason to use these terms.)
The condition that the first derivative (or second derivative) exists at every point in the
domain is important. Failing which, we do not consider the function to be differentiable
(or twice-differentiable). The three functions in the next example illustrate:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
2,
g (x) =
2,
for x < 0,
for x > 0.
But g (0) does not exist. And so g is differentiable but NOT twice-differentiable.
, for all .
x
- 2, for x < 0,
2, for x > 0.
is undefined.
2,
h (x) =
2,
for x < 0,
for x > 0.
But h (0) does not exist. So h is not even once-differentiable. (And thus it is certainly not
twice-differentiable either.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We can of course also consider thrice-differentiable, four-times-differentiable, etc. functions. We can even consider infinitely-differentiable functions. Indeed, in the A-levels, most
functions are usually infinitely differentiable. For example, all polynomials are infinitelydifferentiable, as illustrated in the next example.
Example 112. Consider i R R defined by x x5 x4 + x3 x2 + x 1. We have, for all
x R,
i (x) = 5x4 4x3 + 3x2 2x + 1,
The function i is infinitely-differentiable, with the 6th and higher-order derivatives all having the mapping rule x 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.8
y
h is neither continuous
nor differentiable.
f is both continuous
and differentiable.
g is continuous, but
not differentiable.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
9.9
Implicit Differentiation
dy
?
dx
d
to the given equation:
dx
d
d
dy
dy
x
(x2 + y 2 ) = (1) 2x + 2y
= 0
= .
dx
dx
dx
dx
y
y
dy
dy
= 1. What is
(i.e. what is
cos x
dx x=0
dx
In this example, its difficult to express y in terms of x. But this doesnt matter, because
we can use implicit differentiation:
d
y
d
1 dy y( sin x) cos x dx
(x2 y +
) = (1) 2x y + x2
+
= 0.
dx
cos x
dx
2 y dx
cos2 x
dy
Now plug in x = 0:
1 dy y( sin 0) cos 0 dx
dy
2 0 y + 02
+
=
0
= 0.
2 y dx
cos2 0
dx
dy
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The four rules of differentiation in the next corollary are in the List of Formulae you get
during A-level exams (both 9740 and 9758), so you need not know these by heart.
d
1
d
1
d
sec x = sec x tan x,
sin1 x =
,
cos1 x =
, and
dx
dx
1 x2 dx
1 x2
d
1
tan1 x =
.
dx
1 + x2
Corollary 2.
d
1
, first rewrite y = sin1 x as x = sin y. Next
sin1 x =
2
dx
1x
d
dy
then apply
(implicit differentiation) to get 1 = cos y . But sin2 y + cos2 y = 1, so
dx
dx
2
cos y = 1 x . And so,
Proof. To prove that
dy
d
1
1
.
=
sin1 x =
=
dx dx
cos y
1 x2
Exercise 62 asks you the prove the derivatives of sec x, cos1 x and tan1 x are as claimed.
d
d
1
d
sec x = sec x tan x,
cos1 x =
, and
tan1 x =
2
dx
dx
dx
1x
1
. (Answer on p. 1026.)
1 + x2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
10
10.1
y
Decreasing on
Strictly decreasing on
Increasing on
Strictly decreasing on
Note: At x = 0, f is both decreasing and increasing, but neither strictly decreasing nor
strictly increasing. This follows from the formal definitions (below).
Definition 41. Given a function f and a set of points S, we say that f is ...
1. ... increasing on S if for any x1 , x2 S with x2 > x1 , we have f (x2 ) f (x1 );
2. ... strictly increasing on S if for any x1 , x2 S with x2 > x1 , we have f (x2 ) > f (x1 );
3. ... decreasing on S if for any x1 , x2 S with x2 > x1 , we have f (x2 ) f (x1 );
4. ... strictly decreasing on S if for any x1 , x2 S with x2 > x1 , we have f (x2 ) < f (x1 );
Of course, if a function is strictly increasing on a set of points, then it is also increasing on
that set. And if it is strictly decreasing, then it is also decreasing.
Exercise 63. Let g R R defined by x sin x. Identify the sets on which which g is
increasing, decreasing, strictly increasing and/or strictly decreasing. (Answer on p. 1027.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
10.2
The derivative is the slope of the tangent. And so not surprisingly, the derivative is intimiately related to whether a function is increasing or decreasing. Formally:
Fact 10. Let f R R be a differentiable function. Let a, b R with b > a. Then
1. f is decreasing on (a, b) f (x) 0, for all x (a, b).
2. f is increasing on (a, b) f (x) 0, for all x (a, b).
, for
, for
, for
, for
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
11
21
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x = -1
minimum
point for g
x=1
maximum
point for f
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
y
x = 1
maximum points
x
-2
-1
x = 0, 2
minimum points
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The next example highlights the fact that a maximum point is sometimes not a strict
maximum point. Likewise with minimum points.
Example 120. Below is graphed i R R defined by x 3. (This is a constant
function.)
Every point x R is a maximum point of i. The corresponding maximum value is always
i(x) = 3.
But no point is a strict maximum point.
Every point x R is a minimum point of i. The corresponding minimum value is always
i(x) = 3.
But no point is a strict minimum point.
Every point is a
maximum point.
Every point is a
minimum point.
x
-2
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
11.2
Proof. Suppose for contradiction that two distinct points x1 and x2 are strict global maximum points of f . Then since x1 is a strict global maximum point, we have f (x1 ) > f (x2 ).
Similarly, since x2 is a strict global maximum point, we have f (x2 ) > f (x1 ). The two
inequalities are contradictory. So it is impossible that two distinct points x1 and x2 are
strict global maximum points of f .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x
-2
-1
x = 0, 2
minimum points
We next restrict the domain of h in two ways to create two new functions i and j:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 119 (revisited). Graphed below (left) is the function i [1.5, 2.5] R defined
by x 6x5 15x4 10x3 + 30x2 .
i has three maximum points in total, namely 1, 2.5. However, only 2.5 is a global maximum
point of i because only i(2.5) i(x) for all x [1.5, 2.5]. Of course, it is also a strict global
maximum point because i(2.5) > i(x) for all x [1.5, 2.5].
i has three minimum points in total, namely 1.5, 0, 2. However, only 1.5 is a global
maximum point of i because only i(1.5) i(x) for all x [1.5, 2.5]. Of course, it is also
a strict global minimum point because i(1.5) < i(x) for all x [1.5, 2.5].
x = 1
max
x = 2.5
max and
global max
x = -1
max and
global max x = 1, 1.2
max
x
-2
-1
0
1
2
x = -1.5
min and
global min x = 0, 2 min
x
-2
-1
x = -1.2, 0 min
x = 2 min and
global min
Also graphed above (right) is the function j [1.2, 2.2] R defined by x 6x5 15x4
10x3 + 30x2 .
Again, there are three maximum points in total, namely 1, 2.2. However, only 1 is a
global maximum point of j because only j(1) j(x) for all x [1.2, 2.2]. Of course, it is
also a strict global maximum point because j(1) > i(x) for all x [1.2, 2.2].
And again, there are three minimum points in total, namely 1.2, 0, 2. However, only 2 is
a global minimum point of j because only j(2) j(x) for all x [1.2, 2.2]. Of course, it is
also a strict global minimum point because j(2) < j(x) for all x [1.2, 2.2].
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Note that the A-level syllabuses and exams only ever talk about maximum and minimum
points. They do not ever talk about
1. Strict maximum points;
2. Strict minimum points;
3. Global maximum points;
4. Global minimum points;
5. Strict global minimum points; and
6. Strict global maximum points.
Nonetheless, these concepts are not difficult to grasp. It is thus well worth learning them,
just so you have a better understanding of how to find maximum and minimum points.
Note also that what we simply call maximum and minimum points are sometimes instead
called local maximum and minimum points, so that they are better contrasted with global
maximum or minimum points.
Exercise 64. (Answer on p. 1027.) For each of the following functions, write down,
if any of these exist, the (i) maximum points, (ii) minimum points, (iii) strict maximum
points, (iv) strict minimum points, (v) global maximum points, (vi) global minimum points,
(vii) strict global maximum points, (viii) strict global minimum points; and also all the
corresponding values of the function at these points.
(a) f R R defined by x 100.
(b) g R R defined by x x2 .
(c) h [1, 2] R defined by x x2 .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
11.3
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 121. Graphed below is the function f [1.5, 0.5] R defined by x x5 +2x4 +x3 .
Five points are labelled. The table below classifies each point.
D is a stationary point but not a turning point. (As we shall learn in Section 151, D is an
example of an inflexion point.)
A is a minimum point and E is a maximum point. But neither is a turning point.
Type
Max
Min
Strict Max
Strict Min
Global Max
Global Min
Strict Global Max
Strict Global Min
Stationary
Turning
A B C D E
y
E
C
f (x) = x5 + 2x4 + x3
A
Exercise 65. Is each of the following statements true or false? To show that a statement
is false, simply give a counterexample from the above example. If it is true, explain why.
(Answer on p. 1028.)
(a) Every maximum point or minimum point is a stationary point.
(b) Every maximum point or minimum point is a turning point.
(c) Every stationary point is a maximum point or minimum point.
(d) Every turning point is a maximum point or minimum point.
(e) Every turning point is a stationary point.
(f) Every stationary point is a turning point.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
11.4
Example 122. Consider the set S = [0, 1]. The points 0.2, 1/3, and 0.775 are all in the
interior of S. Indeed, every point x (0, 1) is in the interior of S.
In contrast, the points 0 and 1 are non-interior points of S.
Example 123. Consider the set S = [0, 0.5) (0.5, 1]. The points 0.2, 1/3, and 0.775 are all
in the interior of S. Indeed, every point x (0, 0.5) (0.5, 1) is in the interior of S.
In contrast, the points 0 and 1 are non-interior points of S.
The point 0.5 is not in the interior of S. It is not even a non-interior point of S, because
it is not in the set S to begin with.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The Interior Extremum Theorem (IET) is the fundamental reason why we lurrrve taking
derivatives and setting them equal to zero this is a great way to find maxima and minima!
Theorem 2. (Interior Extremum Theorem [IET].) Let f D R be a differentiable
function. If a is a maximum or minimum point AND in the interior of D, then f (a) = 0
(i.e. c is a stationary point).
x = -1
minimum
point for g
x=1
maximum
point for f
Exercise 66. Refer to the above Example. Explain the intuition for why g (1) = 0.
(Answer on p. 1028.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
11.5
In secondary school, you may have been taught that to find the maximum and minimum
points of f , simply follow this procedure:
Unfortunately, the above procedure (lets call it the Incorrect Recipe) may sometimes
fail. It rests on the false belief that f (x) = 0 x is an extremum. This is false
because
1. The IET does NOT say, f (x) = 0 x is an extremum. It is perfectly possible that
f (x) = 0 without x being an extremum.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 144 (revisited). Graphed below is the function f [1.5, 0.5] R defined by
x x5 + 2x4 + x3 . Five points are labelled.
According to the Incorrect Recipe,
1. Compute f (x) = 5x4 + 8x3 + 3x2 = x2 (5x2 + 8x + 3) = x2 (5x + 3)(x + 1). We see that
3
f (x) = 0 x = , 1, 0.
5
3
2. So , 1, 0 are the maximum and minimum points of f .
5
The Incorrect Recipe does correctly identify the points B = (1, f (1)) and C =
3
3
( , f ( )) as maximum and minimum points, respectively. But it makes two mistakes.
5
5
Mistake #1: D = (0, 0) is neither a maximum nor a minimum point, contrary to the
Incorrect Recipe.
Mistake #2: A and E are respectively a minimum and a maximum point, but neither is
detected by the Incorrect Recipe.
y
E
C
f (x) = x5 + 2x4 + x3
A
We now give the Correct Recipe for finding maximum and minimum points:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 68. For each of the following functions, find all the maximum and minimum
points using the Correct Recipe. (Answer on p. 1029.)
(a) f R R defined by x x.
(b) g [0, 1] R defined by x x.
(c) h R R defined by x x4 2x2 . Identify also the global minimum point(s) of h (if
any exist).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
12
y
Tangent line at x = 0
is concave upwards on
x
-2
-1
is concave downwards on
In contrast, f is concave upwards on R+0 because there, the line segment connecting any
two points on f is above the graph of f .
0 is an inflexion point because this is where the function f changes from being concave
downwards to being concave upwards.
A test for whether a point is an inflexion point is this: Draw the tangent line to the graph
at that point. The point is an inflexion point The line is above the graph on one side
of the point and below the graph on the other side (see Fact 95 in the Appendices).
The tangent line to the graph at the point 0 is drawn in green (it coincides with the
horizontal axis). We indeed see that the line is above the graph on the left side of the point
and below the graph on the right side of the point. Therefore, 0 is an inflexion point.
22
These are informal definitions. For the formal definitions, see p. 964 in the Appendices (optional).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
< 0,
f (x) = 3x2 = 0,
> 0,
for x R0 ,
for x = 0,
for x R+0 .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
It is very tempting to believe that the converse of part (c) of the above proposition is true.
That is, it is very tempting to believe that
f (x) = 0 x is an inflexion point.
But this is wrong! It is perfectly possible that f (x) = 0 without x being an inflexion
point! Heres an example:
Example 126. Consider g R R defined by x x4 . We have g (x) = 4x3 and g (x) =
12x2 , so that g (x) = 0 x = 0.
We might thus be tempted to conclude that 0 is an inflexion point. However, this is not
the case. Although g (0) = 0, we have g (x) > 0 for x > 0 and we also have g (x) > 0 for
x < 0, and so the concavity of g does not change at the point 0.
To qualify as an inflexion point, the concavity of the function must change. At 0,
the concacivty of g does not change. Therefore, 0 is NOT an inflexion point.
y
g is concave upwards everywhere
.
However, is not an
inflexion point of .
x
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Inflexion points may be further sub-divided into stationary points of inflexion and
non-stationary points of inflexion.
Definition 46. A stationary point of inflexion is simply any point that is both an inflexion
point and a stationary point.
A non-stationary point of inflexion is simply any point that is an inflexion point, but not
a stationary point.
Concave upwards on
x
Tangent line at 0
Concave downwards on
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
12.1
So
From graphs, it looks like around a maximum turning point a, f must be concave downwards, i.e. f (a) < 0. Similarly, around a minimum turning point b, f must be concave
upwards, i.e. f (b) > 0. The next proposition is thus intuitively plausible.
Proposition 3. (Second Derivative Test [2DT].) Let f be a twice-differentiable function. Let a be a stationary point (i.e. f (a) = 0).
1. If f (a) < 0, then a is a maximum point.
2. If f (a) > 0, then a is a minimum point.
3. If f (a) = 0, then the 2DT is uninformative. That is, a could be a maximum point, a
minimum point, an inflexion point, or something else altogether!
The third part of the above Proposition must be heavily emphasised: If f (a) = 0 and
f (a) = 0, then the 2DT tells us absolutely nothing about a! a could be a maximum
point, a minimum point, an inflexion point, or something else altogether!
We previously gave the Correct Recipe for finding maximum and minimum points. Lets
now add the 2DT to this recipe:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
If f is not twice-differentiable, then the Enriched Recipe may not work. Fortunately, most functions in A-levels are twice-differentiable.
Example 121 (revisited). Consider f [1.5, 0.5] R defined by x x5 + 2x4 + x3 .
1. Identify all the stationary points. f (x) = 5x4 + 8x3 + 3x2 = x2 (5x2 + 8x + 3) = 0
x = 0 or x = 1, 0.6 (quadratic formula).
(a) f (x) = 20x3 + 24x2 + 6x = 2x(10x2 + 12x + 3).
(b) f (0.6) > 0 0.6 is a minimum point. f (1) < 0 1 is a maximum
point. But f (0) = 0, so the 2DT tells us nothing. By sketching the graph (nonrigorous method that will suffice for the A-levels), we see that 0 is an inflexion
point.
2. The only two non-interior points are 1.5 and 0.5. Again by sketching the graph, we see
that 1.5 is a minimum point and 0.5 is a maximum point.
Altogether, we conclude that there are two maximum points 1 and 0.5 and two
minimum points 0.6 and 1.5.
Exercise 69. Use the Enriched Recipe to find the maximum and minimum points of each
of the following functions. (Answer on p. 1031.)
(a) g R R defined by x x8 + x7 x6 .
(b) h ( , ) R defined by x tan x.
2 2
(c) i [0, 2] R defined by x sin x + cos x.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
12.2
The Venn diagram below depicts the five types of points you need to know for the A-levels:
Inflexion, maximum, minimum, stationary, and turning points. To its right is a graph of a
rather-arbitrary function t D R designed to illustrate these various points. The x- and
y-coordinates of a are denoted ax and ay ; similarly for other points.
a
b
Inflexion
All
points
y
e
Stationary
i
f
h
Turning
g
c
f
h
Max
Min
b
a
x
For most functions youll ever encounter, most points are like a. For lack of a better
name, we can call such points boring points a boring point is simply any point that
is not an inflexion, maximum, minimum, stationary, or turning point.
b is a non-stationary point of inflexion (explicitly excluded from the A-levels).
c is a stationary point of inflexion.
A point like d (not illustrated) a stationary point that is not a maximum, minimum,
or inflexion point is extremely unusual. You can find an exotic example on p. 968.
f is both a maximum and minimum point because for all x D that are close to
fx D, we have t(x) t (fx ) t(x).
The set of turning points is simply the intersection of the set of stationary points and
the set of maximum and minimum points.
h is a maximum point because t(x) t (hx ) for all x D that are close to hx .
j is a minimum point because t(x) t (jx ) for all x D that are close to jx .
i is both a maximum and minimum point because there are simply no x D that are
close to ix D, and thus it is trivially or vacuously true that t(x) t (ix ) t(x) for x
that are close to x.23 i is not a stationary point because t (ix ) 0 indeed, t (ix ) is
undefined.24
23
24
A point like ix D that is not close to any other x D is, aptly enough, called an isolated point.
ix is an example of a critical point. A critical point is any point that is either stationary or where the derivative is
undefined. Dont worry, not something you need to know for the A-levels.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 70. For each of the following equations, (i) sketch its graph. (ii) Write down the
points at which it intersects the axes. (iii) Identify any turning points. (iv) Write down the
equations of any lines of symmetry and also (v) asymptotes. (a) y = 2ex + x. (b) x = 3x + 2.
(c) y = 2x2 + 1. (Answers on pp. 1032, 1033, and 1034.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
13
Given the graph of f , you are required to know how to figure out what f looks like. Lets
start with a very simple example.
Example 128. Let f R R be some differentiable function. Graphed below in blue is
its derivative f . You are told also that f (0) = 2. What does the graph of f look like?
(Pretend for a moment that you cant see the red graph.)
The derivative simply gives the slope of f . Since f (x) = 1 for all x, this means that f has
constant slope of 1. We are given moreover that f (0) = 2 (i.e. the vertical intercept is 2).
Altogether then, f (x) = x + 2 and is graphed in red above.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
-1
The derivative simply gives the slope of g. Since g (x) = 1 for all x < 0 and g (x) = 1 for
all x > 0, this means that g has constant slope of 1 for x < 0 and constant slope of 1 for
all x > 0. We are given moreover that lim g(x) = 2, so the two branches of g nearly meet
x0
x 2,
g(x) =
x 2,
for x < 0,
for x > 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 130. Let h R R be some differentiable function. Graphed below in blue is its
derivative h defined by h (x) = x. You are told also that h(x) = 0. What does the graph
of h look like? (Pretend for a moment that you cant see the red graph.)
The derivative simply gives the slope of h. Since h (x) < 0 for all x < 0, h (0) = 0, and
h (x) > 0 for all x > 0, this means that h is strictly decreasing on R , a turning point at 0,
and strictly increasing on R+ .
Moreover, the derivative (slope) is increasing (indeed it is increasing at a constant rate)
so the graph of h is concave upwards throughout.
Altogether then, even if we dont know how to figure out what h(x) is, we can at least
roughly sketch the graph of h (in red above below). (Of course, you probably already know
x2
from secondary school that h(x) = , but were not supposed to know this until we learn
2
about integration later in this textbook.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
14
Quadratic equations show up very often in various contexts. So here is a fairly complete if
brisk review of quadratic equations, which you were supposed to have completely mastered
in secondary school.
Example 131. Below are the graphs of the equations y = x2 + 3x + 1 (red), y = x2 + 2x + 1
(blue), y = x2 +x+1 (green), y = x2 +x+1 (red dotted), y = x2 2x1 (blue dotted),
and y = x2 x 1 (green dotted).
6
y=
x2
+x+1
y = x2 + 2x + 1
y = x2 + 3x + 1
2
y = - x2 + x + 1
0
-4
-3
-2
-1
-2
y=-
x2
1
y = - x2 - x - 1
- 2x - 1
-4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1 2 b
c
(x + x + ) .
a
a
a
b 2 b2
c 1
b 2 b2 4ac
1
].
Hence, ax + bx + c = [(x + ) 2 + ]= [(x + )
a
2a
4a
a a
2a
4a2
2
What we just did above is called completing the square. We can use this to compute the
zeros or roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0.
ax2 + bx + c = 0
b 2 b2 4ac
1
b 2 b2 4ac
] = (x + )
= [(x + )
a
2a
4a2
2a
4a2
b 2 b2 4ac
(x + ) =
2a
4a2
x=
b2 4ac
.
2a
This last expression give the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0. This expression will
NOT be printed in the A-Level List of Formulae! So be sure you remember it!
b b2 4ac
x=
.
2a
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We can distinguish between six categories of quadratic equations, based on the signs of
a (the coefficient of x2 ) and b2 4ac (the discriminant). Each of these six categories was
illustrated in the figure above.
Category
1. a > 0, b2 4ac > 0
2. a > 0, b2 4ac = 0
3. a > 0, b2 4ac < 0
4. a < 0, b2 4ac > 0
5. a < 0, b2 4ac = 0
6. a < 0, b2 4ac < 0
Features
-shaped.
Intersects the horizontal axis at two points.
-shaped.
Just touches the horizontal axis at the minimum point.
-shaped.
Doesnt intersect the horizontal axis.
-shaped.
Intersects the horizontal axis at two points.
-shaped.
Just touches the horizontal axis at the maximum point.
-shaped.
Doesnt intersect the horizontal axis.
b2 4ac
.
2a
b +
b2 4ac
b + b2 4ac
) (x +
).
2a
2a
What we have just done is to factorise the expression ax2 + bx + c. Factorisation is often
a useful trick to play.
Notice that if you plug in either of the roots into the right hand side (RHS) of the above
equation, we do indeed get zero, as expected.
Page 164, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
If b2 4ac = 0, then:
There is only one real root (or zero or horizontal intercept), namely
b
.
2a
b
Notice that if you plug x = into the RHS of the above equation, we do indeed get
2a
zero, as expected.
If b2 4ac < 0, then:
There are no real roots (or zeros or horizontal intercepts).
There is no way to factorise the expression ax2 +bx+c (unless we use complex numbers,
which well learn about only in Part IV).
Exercise 71. For each of the following equations, sketch its graph and identify its intercepts
and turning points (if these exist). (a) y = 2x2 + x + 1. (b) y = 2x2 + x + 1. (c) y = x2 + 6x + 9.
(Answer on p. 1035.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15
Transformations
15.1
y = f (x) + a
The graph of y = f (x) + a is simply the graph of y = f (x) translated (moved) upwards by
a units.
Example 132. Define the function f R R by x x3 1. The graphs of f (red) and
y = f (x) + 2 (blue) are shown below.
Notice the blue curve is simply the red curve translated upwards by 2 units.
f(x), f(x) + 2
10
x
0
-3.0
-1.5
0.0
1.5
3.0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.2
y = f (x + a)
f(x), f(x+2)
10
x
0
-4
-2
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.3
y = af (x)
The graph of y = af (x) is simply the graph of f (x) vertically-stretched (outwards from the
horizontal axis) by a stretching factor of a.
Example 134. Define the function f R R by x x3 1. The graphs of f (red) and
y = 2f (x) (blue) are shown below.
Notice the blue curve is simply the red curve stretched vertically (outwards from the
horizontal axis) by a factor of 2.
10
f(x), 2f(x)
x
0
-3.0
-1.5
0.0
1.5
3.0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.4
y = f (ax)
The graph of y = f (ax) is simply the graph of f (x) horizontally-stretched (outwards from
the vertical axis) by a stretching factor of 1/a. Or equivalently, the graph of y = f (ax) is
simply the graph of f (x) horizontally-compressed (inwards towards the vertical axis) by a
compression factor of a.
Why a stretching factor of 1/a (and not a)? The reason is that in order for f (x1 ) and
f (ax2 ) to hit the same value, we must have x2 = x1 /a. That is, every x value is scaled by
a factor of 1/a.
Example 135. Define the function f R R by x x3 1.The graphs of f (red) and
y = f (2x) (blue) are shown below. (The latter equation is simply y = (5x)3 1 = 125x3 1.)
Notice the blue curve is simply the red curve stretched horizontally (outwards from the
1
vertical axis) by a factor of . (Again, the A-level exams might instead word this as a
2
stretch with scale factor 0.5 parallel to the y-axis.)
Equivalently, the blue curve is simply the red curve compressed horizontally (inwards
towards from the vertical axis) by a factor of 2.
8
f(x), f(2x)
x
0
-2
-1
-2
-4
-6
-8
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.5
x
0
-2
-1
-2
-4
-6
-8
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.6
y = f (x)
The graph of y = f (x) is simply the graph of f (x), but with all points for which f (x) < 0
reflected in the horizontal axis.
Example 137. Define the function f R R by x x3 1. The graphs of f (red) and
y = f (x) (blue) are shown below.
f(x), |f(x)|
x
0
-2
-1
-2
-4
-6
-8
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.7
y = f (x)
The graph of y = f (x) is simply the graph of f (x), but with all points for which x < 0
reflected in the vertical axis.
Example 138. Define the function f R R by x x3 1. The graphs of f (red) and
y = f (x) (blue) are shown below.
f(x), f(|x|)
x
0
-2
-1
-2
-4
-6
-8
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.8
y=
1
f (x)
f(x), 1/f(x)
x
0
-2
-1
-2
-4
-6
-8
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
15.9
y 2 = f (x)
2. If f (x) < 0, then there is no value of y for which y 2 = f (x). And so the graph of y 2 = f (x)
is empty wherever f (x) < 0.
3. The graph of y 2 = f (x) intersects the horizontal axis at the same point as the graph of
y = f (x). Moreover, at any such point, the tangent to the graph of y 2 = f (x) is vertical.
7
y = f(x)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-1 0
-2
y2 = f(x)
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 72. The graph of the function f R R is drawn below in red. Graph each of
the following equations. (a) y = 2f (3x). (b) y = f (x 1). (c) y 2 = f (x) + 4. (Answer on
p. 1036.)
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
30 f(x), y
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
-1 0
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
x
2
1
Exercise 73. Describe a series of transformations that would transform the graph of y =
x
1
to y = 3
. (Answer on p. 1037.)
5x 2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16
Conic Sections
Conic sections are formed from the intersection of a double cone and a 2D cartesian plane.
Take an infinitely large double cone (it goes upwards and downwards forever). Use a 2D
cartesian plane to slice the double cone from all conceivable positions and at all conceivable
angles. The intersection of the plane and the surface of the double cone form curves which,
aptly enough, are called conic sections.
The figure below25 doesnt show the upper half of the double cone, but you can easily
imagine it. Of the four curves depicted, only the hyperbola also cuts the upper half of the
double cone.
25
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The three types of conic sections are the ellipse (plural: ellipses), the parabola (parabolae), and the hyperbola (hyperbolae). The circle is regarded as a special case of the
ellipse.26 Here are the distinguishing characteristics of each:
Type
Ellipse
Parabola
Hyperbola
Description
Formed from only one half of the double cone.
A closed curve.27
Formed from only one half of the double cone.
Not a closed curve.
Formed from both halves of the double cone and is
thus composed of two distinct branches.
Not a closed curve.
Arises when
B 2 4AC < 0
B 2 4AC = 0
B 2 4AC > 0
We can prove (but do not do so in this textbook) that in general, a conic section is the
graph of the equation
1
Ax2 + Bxy + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0,
where A, B, C, D, E, F are real constants and x and y are the two variables (on the
cartesian plane).
We refer to the expression B 2 4AC as the discriminant of the above equation. It is so
named because it discriminates between the three possible types of conic sections. We
can prove (but do not do so in this textbook) that if B 2 4AC > 0, then we have an ellipse;
if B 2 4AC = 0, then we have a parabola; and if B 2 4AC < 0, then we have a hyperbola.
In secondary school, we already learnt in some detail a special case of conic sections the
1
quadratic y = ax2 + bx + c. This is the special case of the equation = where
A = a, B= 0, C = 0, D= b, E = 1, and F = c.
The quadratic y = ax2 + bx + c is indeed a parabola, because B 2 4AC = 02 4(a)(0) = 0.
We already reviewed qudratic equations in section 14 and so we wont talk any more about
them in this chapter.
26
Strictly speaking, there are also the so-called degenerate conic sections, but we shall ignore these.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
For A-levels, we are only required to learn about five more special cases of conic sections,
listed below. And so thats the plan for this chapter.
1.
x2 y 2
+
= 1,
a2 b2
2.
x2 y 2
= 1,
a2 b2
3.
y 2 x2
= 1,
b2 a2
ax + b
,
cx + d
4.
y=
5.
ax2 + bx + c
y=
.
dx + e
1
Exercise 74. As per the general form given in =, state for each of the above five equations,
what A, B, C, D, E, and F are. Compute the discriminant for each equation. Hence,
conclude that first equation is of an ellipse and the remaining four are of hyperbolae.
(Answer on p. 1038.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.1
x2 y 2
+
= 1 describes an ellipse. In this section, well study a special case of
a2 b2
this equation, where a = b = 1. The equation then becomes x2 + y 2 = 1, which is the unit
circle centred on the origin.
The equation
By unit circle, we mean that it has radius of unit length, i.e. length 1.
1
f(x), g(x), y
p = (x, y)
x2
y2
=1
y
x
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
(-0, 0)
Centre
-1
Why does this equation describe a circle?
You can easily see that (1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 0), and (0, 1) all satisfy the equation and are
thus part of its graph. Indeed, these are the horizontal and vertical intercepts. What about
elsewhere on the circle?
Consider any point p on the unit circle. It forms a triangle the line connecting it to the
origin is the hypothenuse; that connecting it to the horizontal axis is the side; and that
Page 179, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
by x 1 x2 . Above, the graph of the function f is the upper semicircle (red) and
the graph of the function g is the lower semicircle (blue).
Lets compute the first derivative of f and set it equal to 0:
f (x) = 0.5(1 x2 )0.5 (2x)
= x(1 x2 )0.5
x(1 x2 )0.5 = 0
x = 0.
So the only stationary point of the function f is 0. We must now determine whether it is
a maximum, minimum, or inflexion point.
Compute the second derivative and evaluate it at the stationary point:
f (x) = (1 x2 )0.5 x [0.5(1 x2 )1.5 (2x)] .
This second derivative is messy and can be further simplified, but in this case there is no
need to simplify it, since all we want is to evaluate it at 0. We have
f (0) = (1 02 )0.5 0 [0.5(1 02 )1.5 (2 0)] = 1 < 0.
Hence, the point x = 0 is a maximum turning point of f . We should make it a habit to
write out the point in full, as (0, f (0)) = (0, 1).
Since g = f , it follows that g (0) = 0 and g (0) = 1 > 0. That is, the only stationary point
of the function g is (0, g(0)) = (0, 1). and it is a minimum point.
3. Asymptotes. By observation, there are no asymptotes.
4. Symmetry. The graph is a perfect circle centred on the origin. So by observation,
every line that passes through the origin is a line of symmetry!
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.2
x2 y 2
The Ellipse 2 + 2 = 1
a
b
f(x), g(x), y
b
Vertical Intercept
a
Horizontal Intercept
x2 / a2 + y2 / b2 = 1
(-0, 0)
Centre
y=0
Line of Symmetry
x=0
Line of Symmetry
-b
Vertical Intercept
-a
Horizontal Intercept
Squares are a proper subset of rectangles. Similarly, circles are a proper subset of ellipses.
The ellipse can be regarded as the generalisation of the circle.
Why does the equation x2 /a2 + y 2 /b2 = 1 describe an ellipse? Rewrite the equation as
y 2
x 2
( ) + ( ) = 1.
a
b
Hence, going from x2 + y 2 = 1 to x2 /a2 + y 2 /b2 = 1 involves two transformations:
1. First, stretch the graph horizontally, outwards from the vertical axis, by a factor of a.
2. Then stretch the graph vertically, outwards from the horizontal axis, by a factor of b.
This gives us an elongated circle that we call an ellipse.
1. Intercepts. The graph intersects the vertical axis at the points (0, b) and (0, b), and
the horizontal axis at the points (a, 0) and (a, 0).
2. Turning points. Clearly, there are maximum and minimum turning points at (0, b)
and (0, b). Lets find these rigorously using calculus.
Lets again break the equationup and rewrite it into the form of two functions.
Namely, f
[a, a] R defined by x b 1 x2 /a2 and g [a, a] R defined by x b 1 x2 /a2 .
These are graphed above. Lets compute the first derivative of f and set it equal to 0:
f (x) = 0.5b
0.5
2x
x2
( 2 ) = bx (1 2 )
a
a
0.5
a2 = 0 x = 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
So the only stationary point of the function f is 0. We can show that it is a maximum
point, by computing the second derivative and evaluating it at 0:
d
x2
f (x) =
[bx (1 2 )
dx
a
0.5
d
x2
a ] = a b [x (1 2 )
dx
a
2
0.5
0.5
1.5
x2
x2
2x
= a b [(1 2 )
0.5 (1 2 )
( 2 )]
a
a
a
2
2
0
0
0x
f (0) = a2 b [(1 2 ) 0.5 0.5 (1 2 ) 1.5 ( 2 )] = a2 b < 0.
a
a
a
2
(x + c)
(y + d)
+
= 1.
a2
b2
(i) Sketch its graph. (ii) Write down the points at which it intersects the axes. (iii) Identify
any turning points. (iv) Write down the equations of any lines of symmetry and also (v)
asymptotes.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.3
y = 1/x (graphed) is the first hyperbola well study. It is also the simplest possible hyperbola.
y = -x
line of
symmetry
y
The graph of
y = 1 / x has
two branches.
4
3
y=x
line of
symmetry
2
1
x
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
(0, 0)
Centre
4
y=0
horizontal
asymptote
-3
-4
x=0
vertical
asymptote
-5
It turns out that all hyperbolae well study have some common features. They have two
branches. In the case of y = 1/x, one branch is top-right and the other is bottom-right.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The Hyperbola x2 y 2 = 1
16.4
x2 y 2 = 1 is a hyperbola and so it has two distinct branches. Notice also that if x (1, 1),
then there is no value of y for which x2 y 2 = 1. Hence, the graph of this equation is empty
in the region where x (1, 1).
f(x), g(x), y
x=0
Line of
Symmetry
(-0, 0)
Centre 3
y = f(x)
2
x2 - y2 = 1
y=0
Line of
Symmetry
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
Horizontal
Intercept
-2
Horizontal
Intercept
-3
y = g(x)
y = x -4
Linear
Asymptote
-5
y = -x
Linear
Asymptote
1. Intercepts. The graph crosses the horizontal axis at the points (1, 0) and (1, 0), but
does not intersect the vertical axis.
2. The two turning points there is a minimum turning point at (0, b) and a maximum
turning point at (0, b).
3. Asymptotes. We have y = x2 1. So as x , y = x2 1 x2 = x.
(Informally, as x , the 1 becomes negligible and we can simply ignore it). And so
the two asymptotes are y = x and y = x. The two asymptotes are perpendicular and
so this is a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (0, 0).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes.
So they must have slope 1 and 1. Moreover, both pass through the centre (0, 0).
Altogether, we can work out that the lines of symmetry are y = x and y = x.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.5
x2 y 2
The Hyperbola 2 2 = 1
a
b
f(x), g(x), y
y = f(x)
(-0, 0)
Centre
x=0
Line of
Symmetry
x2 / a2 - y2 / b2 = 1
y=0
Line of
Symmetry
a
Horizontal
Intercept
-a
Horizontal
Intercept
y = g(x)
y = bx / a
Linear
Asymptote
y = -bx / a
Linear
Asymptote
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
y 2
x 2
The graphs characteristics are similar to before. Again, ( ) ( ) = 1 is a hyperbola
a
b
and so it has two distinct branches. Notice also that if x (a, a), then there is no value
x2 y 2
of y for which 2 2 = 1. Hence, the graph of this equation is empty in the region where
a
b
x (a, a).
1. Intercepts. The graph crosses the horizontal axis at the points (a, 0) and (a, 0), but
does not intersect the vertical axis.
2. There are no turning points.
x
x 2
3. Asymptotes. We have y = b ( ) 1. So as x , y = b ( ) 1
a
a
x 2
x
x
x
b ( ) = b . And so the two asymptotes are y = b and y = b . The two
a
a
a
a
asymptotes are perpendicular and so this is a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (0, 0).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes.
So they must have slope 1 and 1. Moreover, both pass through the centre (0, 0).
Altogether, we can work out that the lines of symmetry are y = x and y = x.
Exam Tip
On the A-level exams, they typically only ask for (i) the intercepts; (ii) the asymptotes;
and (iii) turning points.
Nonetheless, you might as well know about the centre and the two lines of symmetry,
because these concepts are not difficult and will help you to sketch better graphs.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.6
y 2 x2
The Hyperbola 2 2 = 1
b
a
SYLLABUS ALERT
y 2 /b2 x2 /a2 = 1 is explicitly in the 9758 (revised) but not the 9740 (old) syllabus.
But even if youre taking 9740, you might as well learn to draw y 2 /b2 x2 /a2 = 1, because
its really simple (since you now know how to draw x2 /a2 y 2 /b2 = 1).
y 2 x2
The graph of the equation 2 2 = 1 is simply the graph we studied in the previous section,
b a
y = f(x)
x=0
Line of
symmetry
(-0, 0)
Centre
f(x), g(x), y
b
Vertical
Intercept
y2 / b2 - x2 / a2 = 1
y=0
Line of
symmetry
y = -bx / a
Linear
asymptote
y = bx / a
Linear
asymptote
y = g(x)
-b
Vertical
intercept
Lets summarise the graphs characteristics. This is a hyperbola and so there are two
distinct branches. Notice also that if y (b, b), then there is no value of x for which
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
y 2 x2
= 1. Hence, the graph of this equation is empty in the region where y (b, b). The
b2 a2
range of y is thus (, b] [b, ).
1. Intercepts. The graph crosses the vertical axis at the points (0, b) and (0, b), but does
not intersect the horizontal axis.
2. The two turning points are (0, b) (minimum) and (0, b) (maximum).
2
x
x 2
3. Asymptotes. We have y = b 1 + ( ) . So as x , y = b 1 + ( )
a
a
2
x
x
x
x
b ( ) = b . And so the two asymptotes are y = b and y = b . The two
a
a
a
a
asymptotes are perpendicular and so this is a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (0, 0).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes.
So they must have slope 1 and 1. Moreover, both pass through the centre (0, 0).
Altogether, we can work out that the lines of symmetry are y = x and y = x.
y 2 x2
If wed like, we can also find the turning points of 2 2 = 1 more rigorously, that is,
b
a
through calculus. As with the circle, although it is not possible to rewrite this equation
into the form of a single function, it is possible to rewrite
it into the form of two functions.
x 2
Namely, f (, a] [a, ) R defined by x b ( ) + 1 and g (, a) (a, )
a
2
x
R defined by x b ( ) + 1. The graph of the function f is entirely above the horia
zontal axis, while that of g is entirely below the horizontal axis.
Lets compute the first derivative of f :
x 2
f (x) = 0.5b [( ) + 1]
a
0.5
2x b
x
)=
.
a2
a x2 + a2
Hence, the only stationary point of f is (0, b). Lets check what sort of a stationary point
this is.
b
f (x) =
a
And so f (0) =
0.5
x2 + a2 x(0.5) (x2 + a2 )
(2x)
.
x2 + a2
b
> 0. Hence, this is a minimum point.
a2
Similarly, by computing the first derivative of g and doing the work, we can find that the
only stationary point of g is (0, b) and that this is a maximum point.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.7
Remember long division? Turns out itll be useful for dividing polynomials. Here are a
couple primary school examples to jog your memory.
Example 141. Whats 83 7? By long division, the quotient is 11 with a remainder of 6.
So, 83 7 = 116/7.
11
7 83
77
6
The quotient is the integer portion of the solution and the remainder is the left-over
integer.
Example 142. Whats 470 17? By long division, the quotient is 27 with a remainder of
11. So, 470 17 = 2711/17.
27
17 470
459
11
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Long division can be used to divide one polynomial by another. But first of all, in case you
dont remember what a polynomial is...
Definition 47. An nth-degree polynomial in one variable is any expression a0 xn + a1 xn1 +
a2 xn2 + + an1 x + an where each ai is a constant and x is the variable.
In this textbook, well almost always consider only polynomials in one variable. So when
I say polynomial, Ill always mean a polynomial in one variable, unless otherwise stated.28
Example 143. The expressions 7x 3 and 4x + 2 are 1st-degree polynomials (in one variable). These are also called linear polynomials. (Polynomials of low degree are often also
called by such special names.)
Example 145. The expressions 2x3 + 2x2 + 3x 1 and 3x3 + 2x2 + 3x + 1 3rd-degree polynomials. These are also called cubic polynomials.
Example 146. The expressions 5x4 2x3 + 2x2 + 3x 1 and 9x4 + 3x3 + 2x2 + 3x + 1 are
4th-degree polynomials. These are also called quartic polynomials.
28
Actually, weve already secretly studied an example of a polynomial in two variables the expression on the LHS of the
equation of the conic section: Ax2 + Bxy + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
+0x
2x
+2x
2x
4x
+1
+0
+1
+3
+3
Exercise 76. Simplify each of the following fractions through long division. (a)
(b)
4x2 3x + 1
x2 + x + 3
. (c)
. (Answer on p. 1040.)
x+5
x2 2x + 1
16x + 3
.
5x 2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.8
The Hyperbola y =
bx + c
dx + e
bx + c
.
dx + e
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 149. Graphed below is the equation y = (2x + 1)/(x + 1). This is the case where
b = 2, c = 1, d = 1, and e = 1. Do the long division:
2
x + 1 2x +1
2x +2
y=
1
7
y = -x + 1
line of
symmetry
(-1, 2)
Centre
-6
-4
2x + 1
1
=2
.
x+1
x+1
y
y=x+3
line of
symmetry
y=2
horizontal
asymptote
1
x
-2
0
-1
x = -1
vertical
asymptote
-3
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 150. Graphed below is the equation y = (7x + 3)/(2x + 4). This is the case where
b = 7, c = 3, d = 2, and e = 4. Do the long division:
3.5
2x + 4 7x
+3
7x +14
11
y=
7x + 3
11
= 3.5
.
2x + 4
2x + 4
Lets summarise the graphs characteristics. This is a hyperbola and so there are two
distinct branches.
1. Intercepts. The graph intersects the vertical axis at the point (0, 0.75) and the horizontal axis at the point (3/7, 0).
2. There are no turning points.
3. Asymptotes. As x 2, y . And so x = 2 is a vertical asymptote. As x ,
y 3.5. And so y = 3.5 is a horizontal asymptote. The two asymptotes are perpendicular
and so this is a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (2, 3.5).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes.
So they must have slope 1 and 1. Moreover, both pass through the centre (2, 3.5).
Altogether, we can work out that the lines of symmetry are y = x + 5.5 and y = x + 1.5.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
bx + c
. By long division, we have:
dx + e
+c
+be/d
c be/d
The quotient is b/d and the remainder is c be/d. Lets further simplify this so that x
has no coefficient.
bx + c b c be/d
= +
dx + e d dx + e
=
b c be/d 1
+
d
d
x + e/d
b cd be 1
+
d
d2 x + e/d
We can thus get from y = 1/x to the above equation, through these transformations:
1. Shift the graph leftwards by
1
e
units to get the graph of y =
.
d
x + e/d
2. Stretch the graph vertically, outwards from the horizontal axis, by a factor of
cd be
get the graph of y = 2
.
d (x + e/d)
3. Finally, shift the graph upwards by b/d units to get the final graph.
cd be
to
d2
Exam Tip
The A-level exams often ask you to list down a series of transformations that will get you
from one graph to another, as was just done.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
bx + c
Lets now summarise the characteristics of the graph of the equation y =
. This is
dx + e
a hyperbola with two distinct branches.
1. Intercepts. If e = 0, then the graph does not cross the vertical axis. If e 0, then the
graph intersects the vertical axis at the point (0, c/e). If b = 0, then the graph does not
cross the horizontal axis. If b 0, then the graph intersects the vertical axis at the point
(c/b, 0).
2. There are no turning points.29
3. Asymptotes. As x e/d, y . And so x = e/d is a vertical asymptote. As
x , y b/d. And so y = b/d is a horizontal asymptote. The two asymptotes are
perpendicular and so this is a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (e/d, b/d).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes.
So they must have slope 1 and 1. Moreover, both pass through the centre (e/d, b/d).
Altogether, we can work out that the lines of symmetry are y = x + e/d + b/d and y =
x e/d + b/d.
Exercise 77. For each of the following equations, sketch its graph and identify its intercepts, turning points, asymptotes, centre, and lines of symmetry (if there are any of these).
x2
3x + 1
3x + 2
(a) y =
. (b) y =
. (c) y =
. (Answers on pp. 1041, 1042, and 1043.)
x+2
2x + 1
2x + 3
29
bx + c
has no turning points.
dx + e
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
16.9
ax2 + bx + c
The Hyperbola y =
dx + e
ax2 + bx + c bx + c
=
and this was already studied in the last
dx + e
dx + e
ax2 + bx + c ax2 + bx + c
d = 0, because in that case
=
, which is a quadratic and which
dx + e
e
we already studied in secondary school.
ax2 + bx a
b
Both c and e are 0, because in that case
= x + , which is a linear expression.
dx
d
d
Well start with the simplest possible case (a = 1, b = 0, c = 1, d = 1, and e = 0). This is the
equation
y=
x2 + 1
.
x
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
10
y = (x2 + 1) / x
8
y=x
Oblique
Asymptote
6
(0, 0)
Centre
Minimum
Turning Point
2
0
-10
-6
Maximum
Turning Point
-2
-2
-4
x=0
vertical
asymptote
-8
-10
x
x x2 +1
10
y = (1 - 2) x
Line of Symmetry
-6
y = (1 + 2) x
Line of Symmetry
x2
y=
x2 + 1
1
=x+ .
x
x
1
As usual, this is a hyperbola that has two distinct branches. Other features:
1. Intercepts. The graph intersects neither the vertical axis nor the horizontal axis.
2. There are two turning points (1, 2) is a maximum turning point and (1, 2) is a
minimum turning point. (To find these, compute the first derivative dy/dx = 1 1/x2 .
Set these equal to 0 for find two stationary points: x = 1. Use the 2DT to determine
that x = 1 and x = 1 are, respectively maximum and minimum turning points.)
By observation, y can take on any value except those between these two turning points.
The range of y is thus (, 2] [2, ).
3. Asymptotes. As x 0, y . Hence, there is one vertical asymptote: x = 0. As
x , y x. Hence, there is one oblique asymptote: y = x. The two asymptotes are
not perpendicular and so this is not a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (0, 0).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes
and pass through the centre. You dont need to learn how to figure out their
equations (but see pp. 927ff. in the Appendices if youre interested).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x2 + 3x + 1
. Do the long division:
Example 152. Graphed below is the equation y =
x+1
x +2
x + 1 x2 +3x +1
x2 +x
2x
2x
+2
1
y = (1 - 2) x + 2 - 2
Line of Symmetry
-11
y=
-7
y = (1 + 2) x + 2 + 2
Line of Symmetry
10
8
6
4
2
0
-3 -2
-4
-6
-8
-10
x2 + 3x + 1
1
=x+2
.
x+1
x+1
y=x+2
Oblique
Asymptote
x
1
(-1, 1)
Centre
x = -1
vertical
asymptote
As usual, this is a hyperbola that has two distinct branches. Other features:
1. Intercepts. The graph intersects the vertical axis at the point (0, 1) and the horizontal
axis at the points (0.5(3 + 5), 0) and (0.5(3 5), 0). (The horizontal intercepts
are simply the zeros of the quadratic x2 + 3x + 1.)
2. There are no turning points. (Compute dy/dx = 1 + 1/(x + 1)2 . Set this equal to 0
there are no stationary points and thus no turning points either.)
By observation, y can take on any value. The range of y is thus R.
3. Asymptotes. As x 1, y . Hence, there is one vertical asymptote: x = 1. As
x , y x+2. Hence, there is one oblique asymptote: y = x+2. The two asymptotes
are not perpendicular and so this is not a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (1, 1).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes
and pass through the centre. Again, you dont need to know how to find their equations.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
2x2 + 2x + 1
. Do the long division:
Example 153. Graphed below is the equation y =
x + 1
2x 4
x + 1 2x2 +2x +1
2x2 2x
4x
2x2 + 2x + 1
5
5
= 2x 4 +
= 2x 4 +
.
x + 1
x + 1
x + 1
4x
4
5
14
10
Minimum
Turning
Point
-9
6
2
-5
y = (-2 + 5) x - 4 - 5
Line of Symmetry
-1-2
-6
-10
-14
Maximum
Turning
Point
-18
y = (-2 - 5) x - 4 + 5 Line
of Symmetry
x=1
vertical
asymptote
x
3
11
(1, -6)
Centre y = -2x - 4
Oblique
Asymptote
-22
-26
As usual, this is a hyperbola that has two distinct branches. Other features:
1. Intercepts. The graph intersects the vertical axis at the point (0, 1), but not the
horizontal axis, because there are no real zeros for the quadratic 2x2 + 2x + 1.
2. There are two turning points (1 2.5, 0.325) and (1 + 2.5, 12.325) are the
minimum and maximum turning points. (Verify this.)
By observation, y can take on any value except those between these two turning points. The
range of y is thus (, 12.325] [0.325, ).
3. Asymptotes. As x 1, y . Hence, there is one vertical asymptote: x = 1. As
x , y 2x 4. Hence, there is one oblique asymptote: y = 2x 4. The two
asymptotes are not perpendicular and so this is not a rectangular hyperbola.
4. The centre (point at which the two asymptotes intersect) is (1, 6).
5. We know that the two lines of symmetry bisect the angles formed by the asymptotes
and pass through the centre. Again, you dont need to know how to find their equations.
Page 201, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
ax2 + bx + c
We will not look more generally at the equation y =
, because it gets rather
dx + e
messy. But if you want, you can read about it on pp. 927ff. of the Appendices (optional).
Exercise 78. For each of the following equations, sketch its graph and identify its intercepts, turning points, asymptotes, centre, and lines of symmetry (if any of these exist). (a)
x2 + x 1
2x2 2x 1
x2 + 2x + 1
. (b) y =
. (c) y =
. (Answers on pp. 1044, 1046, and
y=
x4
x+1
x+4
1048.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
17
A graph (or curve) is simply a set of points. Parametric equations give us an alternative
method to describing the same graph (or curve).
Example 154. Recall that the graph of the equation x2 + y 2 = 1 i.e. the set S = {(x, y)
x2 + y 2 = 1} is the unit circle centred on the origin.
t = 3 / 4, x = - 2 / 2, y = 2 / 2
vx = - 2 / 2 ms-1, vy = - 2 / 2 ms-1
ax = 2 / 2 ms-2, ay = - 2 / 2 ms-2
t = 3 / 2, x = 0, y = -1
vx = 1 ms-1, vy = 0 ms-1
ax = 0 ms-2, ay = 1 ms-2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Having interpreted t as time, we can now also easily talk about the velocity and acceleration of the particle at different instants in time.
Example 203 (continued from above). We have x = cos t and y = sin t. From this,
we can easily compute the particles velocity in each direction: vx = dx/dt = sin t and
vy = dy/dt = cos t.
This says that at any instant of time t, the velocity of the particle is sin t ms-1 in the
x-direction and cos t ms-1 in the y-direction. (Note that if sin t < 0, then the particle is
moving westwards. And if cos t < 0, then the particle is moving southwards.)
So for example,
at
time
t
=
7/4,
its
velocity
is
sin
(7/4)
=
2/2 ms-1 rightwards and
So for example,at time t = 7/4, its acceleration is cos (7/4) = 2/2 ms-1 rightwards and
cos (7/4) = 2/2 ms1 upwards. That is, the particle is travelling rightwards (because
its velocity rightwards at this instant in time is positive); however, its rightwards velocity
is slowing down.
Exercise 79. (Answer on p. 1050.) Let P be the particle whose position (in metres) is described by the set {(x, y) x = cos t, y = sin t, t R}, where t is time (seconds). Let Q be the
particle whose position (in metres) is described by the set {(x, y) x = sin t, y = cos t, t R}.
(a) How does the starting point (when t = 0) of Q differ from that of P ? (b) What about
the direction of travel?
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 155. Recall that the graph of the equation x2 /a2 + y 2 /b2 = 1 i.e. the set
T = {(x, y) x2 /a2 + y 2 /b2 = 1} is the ellipse centred on the origin, with horizontal
intercepts a and vertical intercepts b.
y
t = 3 / 4
t = 3 / 2
Observe that if x = a cos t and y = b sin t, then by the same trigonometric identity as before,
x2 /a2 + y 2 /b2 = 1. As it turns out, this gives us a second way of writing the set T :
T = {(x, y) x = a cos t, y = b sin t, t R} .
Similar to before, as t increases from 0 to 2, we trace out, anti-clockwise, an ellipse centred
on the origin.
At any instant in time t, the particles position, velocity, and acceleration are (x, y) =
(a cos t, b sin t), (vx , vy ) = (a sin t, b cos t), and (ax , ay ) = (a cos t, b sin t).
Exercise 80. Let P be the particle whose position (in metres) is described
{(x, y) x = a cos t, y = b sin t, t R}, where t is time (seconds). At each of the following
times, state the particles position and also its velocity and acceleration in both the x- and
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 156. Recall that the graph of the equation x2 y 2 = 1 i.e. the set U = {(x, y)
x2 y 2 = 1} is the rectangular east-west hyperbola centred on the origin, with
horizontal intercepts 1 and no vertical intercepts.
Arrows indicate 5 y
the instantaneous 4
direction of travel. 3
x2 - y2 = 1
2
1
t=4
0
t=3
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1 -1 0
-2
t=2
-3
-4
-5
t=1
x
t=0
1
t=5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 81. (Answer on p. 1051.) Suppose that the position of a particle is described by
the set {(x, y) x = tan t, y = sec t, t R}, where t is time, measured in seconds.
(a) Rewrite the set using a single cartesian equation.
(b) Compute dx/dt. And hence make an observation about how the particle travels in the
x-direction.
The graph below indicates six positions of the particle A, B, C, D, E, and F . (Also
indicated are the directions of travel.) The particle is at these positions at times t = 0, 1,
2, 3, 4, and 5 but not necessarily in that order.
(c) Using only the graphs of s = tan t and s = sec t (above) to guide you and without using
a calculator, state where the particle is, at each of the the times t = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
3
C
2
B
1
{(x, y): x = tan t, y = sec t, t
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
}
0
-1
E
-2
D
-3
Arrows indicate -4
the instantaneous
direction of travel.
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
17.1
Given a pair of parametric equations that describes a set of points, we can often go in
reverse: We can eliminate the parameter t and describe the same set of points using a
single equation.
Example 157. The set {(x, y) x = t2 + t, y = t 1, t R} describes the position (metres) of
a particle at time t (seconds).
y
Instantaneous
Direction of
Travel
Instantaneous
Direction of
Travel
Instantaneous
Direction of Travel
t = 1, x = 2, y = 0
vx = (2t + 1) ms-1 = 3 ms-1
vy = 1 ms-1, ax = 2 ms-2, ay = 0 ms-2
t = 0, x = 0, y = - 1
vx = (2t + 1) ms-1 = 1 ms-1
vy = 1 ms-1, ax = 2 ms-2, ay = 0 ms-2
t = - 1, x = 0, y = - 2
vx = (2t + 1) ms-1 = - 1 ms-1
vy = 1 ms-1, ax = 2 ms-2, ay = 0 ms-2
x = y2 + 3y + 2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 158. The set {(x, y) x = 2 cos t 4, y = 3 sin t + 1, t R} describes the position
(metres) of a particle at time t (seconds).
5
t = / 2, x = - 4, y = 4
vx = - 2 sin (t) ms-1 = - 2 ms-1
vy = 3 cos (t) ms-1 = 0 ms-1
ax = - 2 cos (t) ms-2 = 0 ms-2
ay = - 3 sin (t) ms-2 = -3 ms-2
t = , x = - 6, y = 1
vx = - 2 sin (t) ms-1 = 0 ms-1
vy = 3 cos (t) ms-1 = - 3 ms-1
ax = - 2 cos (t) ms-2 = 2 ms-2
ay = - 3 sin (t) ms-2 = 0 ms-2
4
3
2
1
x
0
-7
-5
-3
-1
1
-1
t = 3 / 2 , x = - 4, y = - 2
vx = - 2 sin (t) ms-1 = 2 ms-1 -2
vy = 3 cos (t) ms-1 = 0 ms-1
ax = - 2 cos (t) ms-2 = 0 ms-2
ay = - 3 sin (t) ms-2 = 3 ms-2 -3
Write (x + 4) /2 = cos t and (y 1) /3 = sin t. Using the trigonometric identity cos2 t+sin2 t =
2
2
1, we can rewrite the set as {(x, y) x = [(x + 4) /2] + [(y 1) /3] = 1}. This is the ellipse
centred on (4, 1).
As an exercise, lets also compute the velocity and acceleration of the particle.
vx = dx/dt = 2 sin t and vy = dy/dt = 3 cos t. This says that at any instant in time t, the
particle has velocity 2 sin t ms1 leftwards and 3 cos t ms1 upwards.
ax = d2 x/dt2 = 2 cos t and ay = d2 y/dt2 = 3 sin t. This says that at any instant in time
t, the particle is accelerating leftwards at the rate 2 cos t ms2 and upwards at the rate
3 sin t ms2 .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 82. Each of the following sets describes the position (metres) of a particle at
time t (seconds). Rewrite each set into a form where the parameter t is eliminated. Sketch
the graph of each. Indicate the particles position and direction of travel at t = 0. (Answers
on pp. 1052, 1053, and 1054.)
(a) {(x, y) x = 2 sin t 1, y = 3 cos2 t, t R}.
(b) {(x, y) x =
1
, y = t2 + 1, t R}.
t1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
18
N
N
Given any fraction
(where N and D are real numbers with D non-zero), we have
>0
D
D
if and only if one of the following is true:
1. N > 0 AND D > 0; OR
2. N < 0 AND D < 0.
The expressions that are in the numerator (N ) and denominator (D) can get pretty complicated. So here are some very simple examples just to warm you up.
Example 159.
4
> 0 because both the numerator and denominator are positive.
7
Example 160.
5
> 0 because both the numerator and denominator are negative.
3
Example 161.
9
< 0 because the numerator is negative but the denominator is positive.
2
Example 162.
1
> 0 because the numerator is positive but the denominator is negative.
8
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
18.1
Example 163.
ax + b
>0
cx + d
x+3
> 0 one of the following is true:
3x + 2
Example 164.
4x 1
> 0 one of the following is true:
x+2
4x 1
> 0 x > 1/4 and x < 2 (equivalently, x (, 2)
x+2
5x + 4
> 0 one of the following is true:
2x + 1
1. 5x + 4 > 0 AND 2x + 1 > 0 x > 4/5 AND x < 1/2 x (4/5, 1/2) ; OR
2. 5x + 4 < 0 AND 2x + 1 < 0 x < 4/5 AND x > 1/2, but these are mutually
contradictory and thus impossible.
Altogether then,
5x + 4
> 0 x (4/5, 1/2).
2x + 1
When given any inequality that is of a slightly different form, be sure to always convert it
N
into what Ill call the standard form
> 0. Strictly speaking, this is not necessary, but
D
Page 212, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
if you always do this, youll make a habit of solving inequalities in this form, and thus be
less likely to make a careless mistake.
3x 2
< 3. This inequality is equivalent to
5x + 1
3x 2
>0
5x + 1
15x + 3 (3x 2)
>0
5x + 1
18x + 5
> 0.
5x + 1
3x 2
< 3 x < 5/18 OR x > 1/5 (equivalently, x (, 5/18)
5x + 1
2x + 1
Exercise 83. For what values of x is each of the following inequalities true? (a)
> 0.
3x + 2
1
1
3x 18
2x + 3
x1
> 0. (c)
> 0. (d)
> 0. (e)
> 0. (f)
< 9. (Answers on p.
(b)
4
4
4
9x 14
x + 7
1055.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
18.2
ax2 + bx + c
>0
dx2 + ex + f
ax2 + bx + c
. But
dx2 + ex + f
ax2 + bx + c
> 0. This is
you are required to know how to find the values of x for which
dx2 + ex + f
just the same game as before, albeit slightly more complicated.
Dont worry, you are not required to know how to graph the equation y =
2x2 + x + 3
> 0 one of the following is true:
x2 + 3x + 2
Example 167.
y = 2x2 + x + 3 is a -shaped quadratic and has no real roots (because the discriminant is
negative). Hence, it is always positive. It is thus impossible that 2x2 + x + 3 < 0 AND
x2 + 3x + 2 < 0 (Case 2).
We need thus only examine Case 1. As we just said, it is always true that 2x2 + x + 3 > 0.
So we need only examine when it is true that x2 + 3x + 2 > 0.
The equation y = x2 + 3x + 2 has a -shaped graph and has two real zeros given by:
32 4(1)(2) 3 17 3 17
=
=
= 0.5 (3 17) .
2(1)
2
2
Altogether then,
2x2 + x + 3
>
0
(0.5
(3
17)
,
0.5
(3
+
17)).
x2 + 3x + 2
A dirty trick is to use your TI84 to do a quick check that this answer is correct:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x2 + 4x 1
> 0 one of the following is true:
Example 168.
2x2 + x + 2
1. x2 + 4x 1 > 0 AND 2x2 + x + 2 > 0; OR
2. x2 + 4x 1 < 0 AND 2x2 + x + 2 < 0.
The equation y = 2x2 + x + 2 has a -shaped graph and has no real zeros (because the
discriminant is negative). Hence, it is always positive. It is thus impossible that x2 +
4x 1 < 0 AND 2x2 + x + 2 < 0 (Case 2).
We need thus only examine Case 1. As we just said, it is always true that y = 2x2 +x+2 > 0.
So we need only examine when it is true that x2 + 4x 1 > 0.
The equation y = x2 + 4x 1 has a -shaped graph and has two real zeros given by:
42 4(1)(1) 4 12 4 12
=
=
= 2 3.
2(1)
2
2
x2 + 4x 1
Thus,
>
0
(2
3,
2
+
3) (0.268, 3.732). As usual, lets check
2x2 + x + 2
using our TI84:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x2 + 5x + 4
> 0 one of the following is true:
Example 169.
x2 2x + 1
1. x2 + 5x + 4 > 0 AND x2 2x + 1 > 0; OR
2. x2 + 5x + 4 < 0 AND x2 2x + 1 < 0.
The equation y = x2 + 5x + 4 has a -shaped graph and has two real zeros given by:
5
(5)2 4(1)(4) 5 9 5 3
=
=
= 4, 1.
2(1)
2
2
(2)2 4(1)(1) 2 8
=
= 1 2.
2(1)
2
Hence, the expression x2 + 4x 1 > 0 x (1 2, 2 1). Thus:
2
1. x2 +5x+4 > 0 AND x2 2x+1 > 0 x < 4 OR x > 1 AND x (1 2, 2 1).
x2 + 5x + 4
Altogether then,
>
0
(4,
1
2)
(1,
2 1). As usual, lets
x2 2x + 1
check using our TI84:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x2 4x + 3
> 0 one of the following is true:
Example 170.
x2 2x
1. x2 4x + 3 > 0 AND x2 2x > 0; OR
2. x2 4x + 3 < 0 AND x2 2x < 0.
The equation y = x2 4x + 3 has a -shaped graph and has two real zeros given by:
4
(4)2 4(1)(3) 4 4
=
= 1, 3.
2(1)
2
(2)2 4(1)(0) 2 4
=
= 0, 2.
2(1)
2
x2 4x + 3
> 0 x (, 0) (1, 2) (3, ). As usual, lets check
x2 2x
Exercise 84. Without using a calculator, find the values of x for which each of the following
x2 + 2x + 1
x2 1
x2 3x 18
2x + 5
inequalities is true. (a) 2
> 0. (b) 2
> 0. (c)
>
0.
(d)
>
x 3x + 2
x 4
x2 + 9x 14
x + 4
3x + 1
. (Answers on pp. 1057, 1058, 1059, and 1060.)
6x 7
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
18.3
After Step 2.
After Step 3.
After Step 4.
After Step 5.
After Step 6.
In the TI84:
1. Press ON to turn on your calculator.
2. Press Y= to bring up the Y= editor.
3. Press X,T,,n SIN 0 . 5 . To enter , press the blue 2ND button and then
(which corresponds to the button). Now press X,T,,n ) and altogether you will
have entered x sin(0.5x).
4. Now press GRAPH and the calculator will graph y = x sin(0.5x).
It looks like the horizontal intercepts are close to the origin. Lets zoom in to see better.
5. Press the (ZOOM) button to bring up a menu of ZOOM options.
6. Press 2 to select the Zoom In option. Nothing seems to happen. But now press ENTER
and the TI will zoom in a little for you.
It looks like there are 3 horizontal intercepts. To find out what precisely they are, well use
the TI84s zero option.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
After Step 8.
After Step 9.
3. Press the blue 2ND button and then CALC (which corresponds to the TRACE
button). This brings up the CALCULATE menu.
4. Press 2 to select the zero option. This brings you back to the graph, with a cursor
flashing. Also, the TI84 prompts you with the question: Left Bound?
TI84s ZERO function works by you first specifying a Left Bound and a Right Bound
for x. TI84 will then check to see if there are any horizontal intercepts (i.e. values of x for
which y = 0) within those bounds.
5. Using the < and > arrow keys, move the blinking cursor until it is where you want your
first Left Bound to be. For me, I have placed it a little to the left of where I believe
the leftmost horizontal intercept to be.
6. Press ENTER and you will have just entered your first Left Bound.
TI84 now prompts you with the question: Right Bound?.
7. So now just repeat. Using the < and > arrow keys, move the blinking cursor until it is
where you want your first Right Bound to be. For me, I have placed it a little to the
right of where I believe the leftmost horizontal is.
8. Again press ENTER and you will have just entered your first Right Bound.
TI84 now asks you: Guess? This is just asking if you want to proceed and get TI84 to
work out where the horizontal intercept is. So go ahead and:
9. Press ENTER . TI84 now informs you that there is a Zero at x = 1, y = 0 and
places the blinking cursor at precisely that point. This is the first horizontal intercept
weve found.
To find each of the other 2 horizontal intercepts, just repeat steps 3 through 9. You
should be able to find that they are at x = 0 and x = 1. Altogether, the 3 intercepts are
x = 1, 0, 1. Based on these and what the graph looks like, we conclude: x > sin (0.5x)
x (1, 0) (1, ).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Look for the values of x for which x e ln x = 0. They are x = 0.7083, 4.1387:
Leftmost horizontal intercept. Rightmost horizontal intercept.
Based on these horizontal intercepts and what the graph looks like, we conclude: x > e+ln x
if and only if x (0, 0.7083) (4.1387, ).
Exercise 85. Use a graphing calculator to find the values of x for which each of the
1
> x3 + sin x.
following inequalities is true. (a) x3 x2 + x 1 > ex . (b) x > cos x. (c)
2
1x
(Answers on pp. 1061, 1061, and 1062.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
18.4
Systems of Equations
Warm-up questions:
Exercise 86. (PSLE-style question.) When Apu was 40 years old, Beng was twice as old
as Caleb. Today, Caleb is 28 years old and Apu is twice as old as Beng. What are the ages
of Apu and Beng today? (If necessary, assume that the age of a person is always an integer
and is fixed between January 1st and December 31st of each year.) (Answer on p. 1063.)
Exercise 87. (O-Level style question.) Planes A and B leave the same point at 12pm.
Plane A travels northeast at a constant speed of 100 km/h. Plane B travels south at a
constant speed of 200 km/h. At 3pm, both planes make an instant turn and start flying
directly towards each other at the same speed. At what time will the two planes collide?
(Answer on p. 1063.)
Definition 48. Given an equation involving a single variable x, a real solution to the
equation is any value of x R such that the equation is true.
Example 173. The equation x + 5 = 8 has one real solution: 3. The equation x2 1 = 0
has two real solutions: 1 and 1. The equation x2 1 = 8 has two real solutions: 3 and 3.
The equation x3 4x = 0 has three real solutions: 2, 0, and 2.
Example 174. The equation x2 + 1 = 0 has no real solution.
Definition 49. Given an equation involving a single variable x, a real solution set is the
set of values of x R such that the equation is true.
Example 175. The real solution set of the equation x + 5 = 8 is {3}. The real solution
set of the equation x2 1 = 0 is {1, 1}. The real solution set of the equation x2 1 = 8 is
{3, 3}. The real solution set of the equation x3 4x = 0 is {2, 0, 2}.
Example 176. The real solution set of the equation x2 + 1 = 0 is = {}.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 50. Given a system of equations (or more simply a set of equations) involving
two variables x and y, a real solution to the set of equations is any point (or ordered pair)
(x, y) with x, y R for which the system of equations is true; and a real solution set is the
set of ordered pairs (x, y) for which the system of equations is true.
Example 177. Consider the system of equations y = x + 1, y = x + 3. To solve this system
of equations, plug in the second equation into the first to get: x + 3 = x + 1. Now solve:
x = 1. And so y = x + 1 = 2. Altogether, this system of equations has one real solution (1, 2).
Its real solution set is thus {(1, 2)}.
Example 178. Consider the system of equations y = 0.5x2 1.5 and y = x. To solve this
system of equations, plug in the second equation into the first to get: x = 0.5x2 1.5.
Rearranging: x2 2x 3 = 0. Now solve: x = 3, 1. Correspondingly, y = 3, 1. Altogether,
this system of equations has two real solutions: (3, 3) and (1, 1). Its real solution set is
thus {(3, 3), (1, 1)}.
A system of equations can have no real solutions.
Example 179. Consider the system of equations y = ln x and y = x. Observe that for all
x (0, 1), ln x < 0 and hence x > ln x. Moreover, for x = 1, ln x = 0 < x. Also, for x > 1,
1
d
d
ln x = < 1 <
x = 1, so the slope of y = x is steeper than that of y = ln x. Altogether
dx
x
dx
then, for all x > 0, x > ln x. Hence, this system of equations has no real solutions. Its real
solution set is thus = {}.
A system of equations can also have infinitely many real solutions.
Example 180. Consider the system of equations y = x and 2y = 2x. Observe that this
system of equations has infinitely many real solutions, e.g. (1, 1), (2, 2), (2.74, 2.74). There
is thus no way to explicitly list out all its real solutions. However, using set-builder notation,
we can write down its real solution set as {(x, y} y = x}. This says that every ordered pair
(x, y) such that y = x is a real solution to the given system of equations.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
You are required to know how to use a graphing calculator to find the numerical solution
of equations (including system of linear equations).
Example 181. Solve the system of equations y = x4 x3 5, y = ln x.
One method is to graph both equations on your graphing calculator and then find their
intersection points.
Here Ill use another method: First rewrite the two equations as a third equation y =
x4 x3 5 ln x. Our goal is to find the horizontal intercepts of this equation, which will
in turn also be the solutions to the above set of equations.
Briefly, in the TI84:
1. Graph the equation y = x4 x3 5 ln x.
It looks like there is only one horizontal intercept.
2. Zoom in.
3. Find the horizontal intercept using the zero option.
Conclusion: There is one solution to this set of equations and its x-coordinate is 1.8658. To
find the y-coordinate, we need merely plug in this value of x into either of the equations in
the original set of equations: y = ln x = ln 1.8658 0.6237. Altogether, this set of equations
has one solution: (1.8658, 0.6237).
After Step 1.
After Step 2.
After Step 3.
Exercise 90. Using your graphing calculator, solve the following systems of equations. (a)
1
1
, y = x5 x3 + 2. (c) y =
x2 + y 2 = 1, y = sin x. (b) y =
, y = x3 + sin x. (Answers
2
1
x
1+ x
on pp. 1065, 1066, and 1067.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Part II
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
19
Finite Sequences
Recall that an ordered pair (of real numbers) was simply any pair of real numbers, enclosed
by parentheses, and whose order matters (and this was the only difference between an
ordered pair and a set of two objects).
Example 182. (1, 2) and (2, 1) are both ordered pairs with (1, 2) (2, 1).
We can analogously define ordered triples, quadruples, quintuples, etc.
Example 183. (1, 2, 3) and (2, 1, 3) are both ordered triples with (1, 2, 3) (2, 1, 3).
(1, 1, 1, 1) and (2, 4, 1, 3) are both ordered quadruples with (1, 1, 1, 1) (2, 4, 1, 3).
(2, 2, 3, 2, 2) and (2, 4, 1, 5, 3) are both ordered quintuples with (2, 2, 3, 2, 2) (2, 4, 1, 5, 3).
Well simply call all of these ordered n-tuples or even simply tuples. Hence,
Example 184. (1, 2, 3), (2, 1, 3), (1, 1, 1, 1), (2, 4, 1, 3), (2, 2, 3, 2, 2), and (2, 4, 1, 5, 3) are
all ordered n-tuples. (1, 2, 3) and (2, 1, 3) are ordered 3-ples or triples. (1, 1, 1, 1) and
(2, 4, 1, 3) are ordered 4-tuples or quadruples. (2, 2, 3, 2, 2) and (2, 4, 1, 5, 3) are ordered
5-tuples or quintuples.
In fact, when talking about tuples, it will be understood that they are ordered, so well
drop the word ordered and simply call them tuples (instead of ordered tuples).
Definition 51. A finite sequence of length n is any n-tuple.
Example 185. (1, 2, 3) and (2, 1, 3) are 3-ples or, equivalently, finite sequences of length
3.
(1, 2, 3, 4) and (2, 4, 1, 3) are 4-tuples or, equivalently, finite sequences of length 4.
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5) and (2, 4, 1, 5, 3) are 5-tuples or, equivalently, finite sequences of length 5.
We refer to the objects in a sequence as terms.
Example 186. Given the sequence (2, 1, 3), 2 is its first term, 1 is its second term, and
3 is its third term.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
19.1
Exercise 91. (Answer on p. 1068.) For each of the following finite sequences, write down
a corresponding function.
(a) (1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, 100).
(b) (2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20).
(c) (0.5, 4, 13.5, 32, 62.5, 108, 171.5).
(d) (2, 6, 6, 12, 10, 18, 14, 24, 18, 30, 22, 36, 26, 42).
(e) (18, 14.5).
30
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
19.2
Recurrence Relations
SYLLABUS ALERT
Recurrence relations are included in the 9740 (old) syllabus, but not in the 9758 (revised)
syllabus. So you can skip this section if youre taking 9758.
Example 189. (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024) is a finite sequence of length 10. A
corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10};
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule : f (1) = 1 and f (n) = 2f (n 1) (the recurrence relation), for all n 2.
The equation f (n) = 2f (n1) is an example of a recurrence relation. That is, it describes
how each term in the sequence is generated, depending on what previous terms were.
In this particular example of a sequence, we can easily write down another corresponding
function that does not involve a recurrence relation:
Example 190. (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024) is a finite sequence of length 10. A
corresponding function g for this sequence has
Domain {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10};
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule : g(n) = 2n1 (not a recurrence relation), for all n.
If we can describe a sequence without using a recurrence relation, then we can immediately
compute what each term in the sequence is. So in the case of the finite sequence just given,
we prefer to use the function g rather than the function f as a corresponding function.
In contrast, with a recurrence relation, we need to know what some of the previous terms
are, in order to compute each term. So if possible, we prefer to describe sequences without
using recurrence relations.
But sometimes, it is difficult to describe a sequence without using a recurrence relation.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 191. (1, 4, 10, 22, 46, 94, 190, 382, 766, 1534) is a finite sequence of length 10. A
corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10};
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule : f (1) = 1 and f (n) = 2f (n 1) + 2 (the recurrence relation), for all n 2.
It is possible to describe the sequence just given without using a recurrence relation, but it
does not come obviously (at least to the untrained eye) and takes a little work, as well see.
A recurrence relation can certainly involve more than just the previous term. In the Fibonnaci sequence, each term (from the third term onwards) is the sum of the previous
two terms: f (n) = f (n 2) + f (n 1). This equation is again a recurrence relation.
But in the past ten years exams, I havent seen a question where the recurrence relation
involves more than just the previous term. So we shall not bother doing much of these.
Example 192. (1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89) is a finite sequence of length 11, consisting
of the first 11 Fibonacci numbers. A corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11};
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule : f (n) = 1, for n = 1, 2; and f (n) = f (n 2) + f (n 1) (the recurrence
relation), for all n 3.
Exercise 92. Each of the following finite sequences involves a recurrence relation. (Hint:
Each involves only the previous term and also a squared term.) Write down a corresponding
function for each. (a) (3, 4, 9, 64, 3969). (b) (1, 2, 10, 290, 252010). (Answer on p. 1069.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
19.3
Example 196. (1, 1, 3, 5, 11, 21, 43, 85, 171, 341, 683) is a finite sequence of length 11. We
can also write it as (dn )n11 = (d1 , d2 , d3 , . . . , d11 ), where d1 = 1, d2 = 1, d3 = 3, d4 = 5, d5 = 11,
..., d11 = 683.
We can create new sequences out of old ones, in the obvious fashion:
Example 197. Using the sequence (an )n11 = (1, 1, 1, 3, 5, 9, 17, 31, 57, 105, 193), here are
some new sequences we can create:
(zn )n11 = (an + 1)n11 = (a1 + 1, a2 + 1, a3 + 1, . . . , a11 + 1)
= (2, 2, 2, 4, 6, 10, 18, 32, 58, 106, 194) = (z1 , z2 , z3 , . . . , z11 ) ,
(yn )n11 = (2an )n11 = (2a1 , 2a2 , 2a3 , . . . , 2a11 )
= (2, 2, 2, 6, 10, 18, 34, 62, 114, 210, 386) = (y1 , y2 , y3 , . . . , y11 ) ,
(xn )n11 = (an 1)n11 = (a1 1, a2 1, a3 1, . . . , a11 1)
= (0, 0, 0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 30, 56, 104, 192) = (x1 , x2 , x3 , . . . , x11 ) ,
(wn )n11 = (an /2)n11 = (a1 /2, a2 /2, a3 /2, . . . , a11 /2)
= (1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 3/2, 5/2, 9/2, 17/2, 31/2, 57/2, 105/2, 193/2) = (w1 , w2 , w3 , . . . , w11 ) .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Moreover, using two (or more) finite sequences that are of the same length, we can
likewise create a new finite sequence (also of the same length), in the obvious fashion:
Example 198. Using the sequences (an )n11 = (1, 1, 1, 3, 5, 9, 17, 31, 57, 105, 193) and
(dn )n11 = (1, 1, 3, 5, 11, 21, 43, 85, 171, 341, 683), here are some new sequences we can create:
(en )n11 = (an + dn )n11 = (a1 + d1 , a2 + d2 , a3 + d3 , . . . , a11 + d11 )
= (2, 2, 4, 8, 16, 30, 60, 116, 228, 446, 876) = (e1 , e2 , e3 , . . . , e11 ) ,
(fn )n11 = (an dn )n11 = (a1 d1 , a2 d2 , a3 d3 , . . . , a11 d11 )
= (1, 1, 3, 15, 55, 189, . . . , 131819) = (f1 , f2 , f3 , . . . , f11 ) ,
(gn )n11 = (an dn )n11 = (a1 d1 , a2 d2 , a3 d3 , . . . , a11 d11 )
= (0, 0, 2, 2, 6, 12, 26, . . . , 490) = (g1 , g2 , g3 , . . . , g11 ) ,
(hn )n11 = (an /dn )n11 = (a1 /d1 , a2 /d2 , a3 /d3 , . . . , a11 /d11 )
= (1, 1, 1/3, 3/5, 5/11, 9/21, . . . , 193/683) = (h1 , h2 , h3 , . . . , h11 ) .
There are of course many other new sequences we can create, whether using only one
sequence, using two sequences, or even using three or more sequences.
Remark 6. You cannot create a new sequence using two finite sequences that are of different
lengths. For example, given two finite sequences (an )n11 = (1, 1, 1, 3, 5, 9, 17, 31, 57, 105, 193)
and (cn )n7 = (2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14), there is no such sequence as (an + cn )n11 or even
(an + cn )n7 . Either of these supposed sequences is simply undefined.
It turns out that we are rarely interested in finite sequences. Instead, we are much more
interested in infinite sequences, which is a simple extension of the concept of finite sequences.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
20
Infinite Sequences
We can easily extend the concept of finite sequences to infinite sequences, which have
domain Z+ = {1, 2, 3, 4, . . . } (the entire set of positive integers).
Example 199. (2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, . . . ) is the infinite sequence consisting of all the
even positive integers. A corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain Z+ ;
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule f (n) = 2n for all n.
Example 200. (1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 21, 28, 36, 45, 55, . . . ) is the infinite sequence consisting of the
triangular numbers. A corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain Z+ ;
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule f (1) = 1 and f (n) = 1 + 2 + + n for all n 2.
Example 201. The infinite sequence (1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720, 5040, ...) has the corresponding
function f with
Domain Z+ ;
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule f (n) = 1 2 n = n! for all n.
Exercise 93. For each of the following infinite sequences, write down a corresponding function. (a) (1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, 100, . . . ). (b) (2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, . . . ). (c)
(0.5, 4, 13.5, 32, 62.5, 108, 171.5, . . . ). (d) (2, 6, 6, 12, 10, 18, 14, 24, 18, 30, 22, 36, 26, 42, . . . ).
(Answer on p. 1070.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
20.1
(an ) is our shorthand notation for an infinite sequence, where (an ) = (a1 , a2 , a3 , . . . ).
As stated, we are rarely interested in finite sequences. And so whenever we talk about
a sequence, it should be assumed that we are talking about an infinite sequence, unless
otherwise clearly stated.
The idea of creating new sequences carries over from the finite case in the obvious fashion.
Example 202.
Let
and
Then
Analogous to Remark 6, you cannot create a new sequence using a finite sequence and an
infinite sequence. Instead, you can only create one using two infinite sequences.
Example 203.
Let
and
Then
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
21
Series
Definition 52. Given a finite sequence (an )nk , its series is the expression
a1 + a2 + a3 + + ak .
We refer to a1 as the first term of the sequence and also as the first term of the series.
Similarly, a2 is the second term of both the sequence and the series. Etc.
Definition 53. Given a finite sequence (an )nk , its sum of series is the number S such
that S = a1 + a2 + a3 + + ak .
Example 204.
Example 205.
It may seem strange and unnecessary to distinguish between a series and a sum of series.
Arent they exactly the same thing?
It turns out that expressions like a1 + a2 + a3 + + ak play an important role in maths and
so we want to reserve a special name for the expression itself and distinguish it from the
sum of series. For example, we might be specifically interested in the series 1 + 2 + 3, rather
than just the sum of series 6.
Clearly, every finite sequence has a well-defined sum of series simply add up all the terms
in the finite sequence!
Definition 54. Given an infinite sequence (an ), its series is the expression a1 + a2 + a3 + . . . .
A series that corresponds to a finite sequence is called a finite series, while a series that
corresponds to an infinite sequence is called an infinite series.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
21.1
Every finite sequence has a sum of series. In contrast, not all infinite sequences do:
Example 206. Consider the sequence (an ) = (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, . . . ). Its series is the expression
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + . . . . There is no number equal to 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + . . . and so a sum of series
does not exist for this sequence.
But some infinite sequences do have sums of series:
Example 207. Consider the sequence (bn ) = (0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, . . . ). Its series is the expression
0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + . . . . The sum of series for this sequence exists and is 0.
Definition 55. An infinite sequence for which a sum of series exists is said to have a
convergent series.
An infinite sequence for which no sum of series exists is said to have a divergent series.
So in the above examples, we say that the sequence (an ) has a divergent series (because its
sum of series does not exist), while the sequence (bn ) has a convergent series (because its
sum of series exists).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
= 0 + 0 + 0 + ...
and happily conclude that the sum of series is 0. But wait a minute ... what if we instead
pair together every two terms like so:
1 1 + 1 1 + 1 1 + 1 . . . = 1 + (1 + 1) + (1 + 1) + (1 + 1) + . . .
0
= 1 + 0 + 0 + 0 + ...
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
22
Summation Notation
is the upper-case Greek letter sigma. An enlarged version of that letter , read aloud
as sum, is used to express series in compact notation:
Example 209. Consider the series 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9. Another way to write it
is to use summation notation:
9
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 = n.
n=1
Altogether, the notation says that we are adding up 9 terms, namely a1 , a2 , ..., a9 .
n=1
The expression to the right of the tells us what each an is. In this example, it is n, which
simply says that for every n, an = n.
9
1.
n=1
This says that the starting point is 1 and the ending point is 9. In other words, we add
up a1 , a2 , . . . , a9 , where for each n, an = 1. And so a1 = 1, a2 = 1, etc. Altogether:
9
1 = a1 + a2 + + a9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1.
n=1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
2n.
n=1
This says that the starting point is 1 and the ending point is 7. In other words, we add
up a1 , a2 , . . . , a7 , where for each n, an = 2n. And so a1 = 2, a2 = 4, etc. Altogether:
7
2n = a1 + a2 + + a7 = 2 1 + 2 2 + + 2 7 = 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 14.
n=1
This says that the starting point is 1 and the ending point is 7. In other words, we add
up a1 , a2 , . . . , a7 , where for each n, an = 2n + 1. And so a1 = 3, a2 = 5, etc. Altogether:
3
15
(2n + 1) = a1 + a2 + + a7 = (2 1 + 1) + (2 2 + 1) + + (2 7 + 1).
7
n=1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 212. The series 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 + 128 + 256 + 512 + 1024 can be written as
10
2n .
n=1
This says that the starting point is 1 and the ending point is 10. In other words, we
add up a1 , a2 , . . . , a10 , where for each n, an = 2n . And so a1 = 2, a2 = 4, etc. Altogether:
10
n=1
Its nice to have 1 as the starting point, but theres no reason why this must always be so.
Example 213. The series 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 + 128 + 256 + 512 + 1024 can be written
as
10
2n .
n=0
This says that the starting point is 0 and the ending point is 10. In other words, we
add up a0 , a1 , a2 , . . . , a10 , where for each n, an = 2n . And so a0 = 1, a1 = 2, a2 = 4, etc.
Altogether:
10
n=0
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 94. Rewrite each of the following in summation notation. (Answer on p. 1071.)
(a) 1 + 4 + 9 + 16 + 25 + 36 + 49 + 64 + 81 + 100.
(b) 2 + 5 + 8 + 11 + 14 + 17 + 20 + 23.
(c) 0.5 + 4 + 13.5 + 32 + 62.5 + 108 + 171.5.
Exercise 95. Find the sum of each of the following series. (Answer on p. 1071.)
5
(a) (2 n) .
n=2
17
(c) (x 3).
x=31
n=s
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
23
Example 214. Consider the finite sequence (4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22). A corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} (a subset of Z+ );
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule f (1) = 4 and f (n) f (n 1) = 3 for all n 2.
This is an example of a finite arithmetic sequence.
Example 215. Consider the infinite sequence (4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31, 34, . . . ). A
corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain Z+ ;
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule f (1) = 4 and f (n) f (n 1) = 3 for all n 2.
This is an example of an infinite arithmetic sequence.
Definition 57. An arithmetic sequence (or an arithmetic progression) is any finite or infinite sequence (an ) where an+1 an is a constant for all n = 1, 2, 3, . . . . We call an+1 an
the common difference. We call the series for an arithmetic sequence an arithmetic series.
And its sum of series (if it exists at all) is called an arithmetic sum of series.
Example 216. The sequence (an ) = (1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, . . . ) is an arithmetic sequence
because an+1 an is constant for n = 1, 2, 3, . . . .
But the sequence (bn ) = (1, 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, . . . ) is not an arithmetic sequence because
a2 a1 = 0 a3 a2 = 3.
The next fact is intuitively obvious. Clearly, there is no number for which, for example,
4 + 7 + 10 + 13 + 16 + 19 + 22 + . . . is equal to.
Fact 12. The infinite arithmetic sequence (an ) has no sum of series, except in the trivial
case where (an ) = (0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, . . . ).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
23.1
101
101
101
= 101 50 = 5050.
In general, there is a simple formula for the sum of a finite arithmetic series: (First Term
+ Last Term) (Number of Terms) 2.
k
Fact 13. The finite arithmetic series a1 + a2 + + ak has sum of series (a1 + ak ) .
2
(We will only prove Fact 13 on p. 249.)
Example 218. Consider the arithmetic sequence (7, 17, 27, 37, . . . , 837). Its common difference is 10. The difference between the first and last terms is 830. And so the last term
is 830 10 = 83 terms after the first. Hence, there are in total 84 terms. By Fact 13, its
84
sum of series is (7 + 837)
= 35488.
2
Example 219. Consider the arithmetic sequence (1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, . . . , 393). Its
common difference is 4. The difference between the first and last terms is 392. And so the
last term is 392 4 = 98 terms after the first. Hence, there are in total 99 terms. By Fact
99
13, its sum of series is (1 + 393)
= 19503.
2
Exercise 96. Rewrite each of the following arithmetic series in summation notation and
compute their sums. (a) 2+7+12+17+22+27+32+ +997. (b) 3+20+37+54+71+ +1703.
(c) 81 + 89 + 97 + 105 + 113 + + 8081 (Answer on p. 1072.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
24
Example 220. Consider the finite sequence (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128). A corresponding
function f for this sequence has
Domain {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} (a subset of Z+ );
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule f (1) = 1 and f (n + 1) f (n) = 2 for all n = 1, 2, 3, . . . .
This is an example of a finite geometric sequence.
Example 221. Consider the finite sequence (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, . . . ). A corresponding function f for this sequence has
Domain Z+ ;
Codomain R; and
Mapping rule f (1) = 1 and f (n + 1) f (n) = 2 for all n = 1, 2, 3, . . . .
This is an example of a infinite geometric sequence.
Definition 58. A geometric sequence (or a geometric progression) is any sequence (an )
where an+1 an is constant for all n = 1, 2, 3, . . . . We call an+1 an the common ratio. We
call the series for a geometric sequence a geometric series. And its sum of series (if it exists
at all) is called a geometric sum of series.
Example 222. The sequence (an ) = (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, . . . ) is a geometric sequence because
an+1 an is constant for all n = 1, 2, 3, . . . .
But the sequence (bn ) = (1, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, . . . ) is not a geometric sequence because a2 a1 =
1 a3 a2 = 2.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
24.1
It turns out that just like with finite arithmetic series, there is a nice formula for the finite
geometric series. Lets start with the simple case first where the first term is simply 1.
Fact 14. 1 + r + r + r + + r
n1
1 rn
.
=
1r
Fact 15. a1 + a1 r + a1 r + a1 r + + a1 r
n1
1 rn
= a1
.
1r
Example 223. Consider the geometric sequence (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, . . . , 1024). Its common ratio
is 2. The ratio of the last term to the first is 1024 1 = 1024 = 210 . And so the last term
is 10 terms after the first. Hence, there are in total 11 terms. Thus, its sum of series is
1 211 2047
1
=
= 2047.
12
1
Example 224. Consider the geometric sequence (4, 12, 36, 108, . . . , 8748). Its common
ratio is 3. The ratio of the last term to the first is 8748 4 = 2187 = 37 . And so the last
term is 7 terms after the first. Hence, there are in total 8 terms. Thus, its sum of series is
1 38
6560
4
=4
= 4 3280 = 13120.
13
2
Exercise 97. Rewrite each of the following geometric series into summation notation and
compute their sums. (a) 7 + 14 + 28 + 56 + + 448 + 896. (b) 20 + 10 + 5 + + 5/8. (c)
1 + 1/3 + 1/9 + + 1/243. (Answer on p. 1073.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
24.2
Perhaps surprisingly, it turns out that under a certain condition, an infinite geometric
sequence can have a sum of series. Again, lets start with the simple case:
1
.
1r
way, we can also use summation notation for infinite series: S = r and S = rn+1 .)
n=0
n=0
1
.
1r
a1
.
1r
Exercise 98. Rewrite each of the following infinite geometric series in summation notation
and compute its sum. (a) 6 + 9/2 + 27/8 + . . . . (b) 20 + 10 + 5 + . . . . (c) 1 + 1/3 + 1/9 + . . . . (Answer
on p. 1073.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
25
SYLLABUS ALERT
Proof by the method of mathematical induction is included in the 9740 (old) syllabus, but
not in the 9758 (revised) syllabus. So you can skip this Chapter if youre taking 9758.
Well now learn a new technique called proof by the method of mathematical induction. Its pretty difficult, so go real slow.31
Imagine an infinite chain of dominos. Our goal is to knock all of them down. Suppose we
manage to do two things:
1. Knock down the 1st domino (the base case).
2. Prove that if the jth domino is knocked down, then so too is the (j + 1)th domino
(the inductive step).
Then we will have succeeded. Because once the 1st domino is knocked down, the inductive
step implies that the 2nd domino is also knocked down, and now again by the inductive
step the 3rd domino is also knocked down, and now again by the inductive step the 4th
domino is also knocked down, ..., ad infinitum (to infinity).
31
Which is perhaps why they decided to drop it from the revised 9758 syllabus! It does appear though as the first topic of
Further Maths, which will be revived in 2017 and for which a free textbook will soon be appearing!
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Step #1 rarely involves much work. Step #2 is usually, but not always, very easy. Step
#3 is usually the hardest part on the A-level exams, it usually just involves some (or a
lot of) algebra.
Why does the method of mathematical induction work? Step #2 (the base case) shows
that P(1) is true (knock down the 1st domino). Step #3 (the inductive step) then
implies that P(2) is also true (the falling 1st domino knocks down the 2nd domino).
Step #3 (the inductive step) then implies that P(3) is also true (the falling 2nd domino
knocks down the 3rd domino).
Step #3 (the inductive step ) then implies that P(4) is also true (the falling 3rd domino
knocks down the 4th domino).
Ad infinitum (to infinity). Thus, we have proven that P(k) is true for all k = 1, 2, 3, . . . , as
desired.
Too abstract? Work through all the examples and exercises and you should find that it is
not very difficult. For our first example, well reprove an earlier fact, but now using the
method of mathematical induction.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1 rn
.
1r
Proof. Step #1. Let P(k) be (shorthand for) the proposition that
1 + r + r2 + r3 + + rk1 =
1 rk
.
1r
1 r1
.
1r
1 + r + r2 + r3 + + rj1 =
1 rj
.
1r
1 rj+1
.
1r
1 + r + r2 + r3 + + rj = (1 + r + r2 + r3 + + rj1 ) + rj
j
1 rj + (1 r)rj 1 rj+1
1 1r
j
=
+r =
=
, as desired.
1r
1r
1r
In this particular instance, the method of mathematical induction was terribly cumbersome,
compared to our earlier four-sentence proof (p. 243). But it turns out that in many other
instances, this method is the best and sometimes the only tool to use.
Lets try more examples.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
.
6
k
k(k + 1)(2k + 1)
.
6
1(1 + 1)(2 1 + 1)
.
6
j(j + 1)(2j + 1)
.
6
r2 =
n=1
(j + 1) [(j + 1) + 1] [2(j + 1) + 1]
.
6
r2 = r2 + (j + 1)2
n=1
n=1
=
6
=
7
=
5
=
4
j(j + 1)(2j + 1)
+ (j + 1)2
6
j+1
[j(2j + 1) + 6(j + 1)]
6
j+1
(2j 2 + 7j + 1)
6
(j + 1)(j + 2)(2j + 3)
6
(j + 1) [(j + 1) + 1] [2(j + 1) + 1]
,
6
(Using =)
as desired.
I just used the backwards-forwards method. The order in which I wrote down each line
is given by the numbers above each = sign.
Another trick is to exploit the fact that it has got to work out right. So for example,
it might not immediately be obvious that 2j 2 + 7j + 1 = (j + 2)(2j + 3), but you know it
has got to work out right and thus this must surely be true (unless of course you made
some mistake with the algebra somewhere). And if you expand the RHS, you find that this
equation is indeed true.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Fact 13 (reproduced from p. 241). The finite arithmetic sequence (an )nk has sum of
k
series (a1 + ak ) .
2
Proof. Step #1. Let P(k) be (shorthand for) the proposition that
a1 + a2 + + ak =
k(a1 + ak )
.
2
1(a1 + a1 )
.
2
a1 + a2 + + aj =
j(a1 + aj )
.
2
(j + 1)(a1 + aj+1 )
.
2
Lets first observe that aj a1 = (j 1) (aj+1 aj ). In words, this equation says: Consider
the difference between the j th term and the first term; it is equal to j 1 times the difference
2 (j 1)aj+1 + a1
between two consecutive terms. Rearranging, we have aj =
.
j
Now write:
a1 + a2 + + aj+1
j(a1 + aj )
+ aj+1
2
j {a1 + [(j 1)aj+1 + a1 ] /j}
ja1 + (j 1)aj+1 + a1
=
+ aj+1 =
+ aj+1
2
2
(j + 1)a1 + (j 1)aj+1
(j + 1)a1 + (j 1)aj+1 + 2aj+1
=
+ aj+1
=
2
2
(j + 1)a1 + (j + 1)aj+1
(j + 1)(a1 + aj+1 )
=
=
, as desired.
2
2
= (a1 + a2 + + aj ) + aj+1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
n(n + 1)
Exercise 99. Prove that r = [
] . (Answer on p. 1074.) By the way, this shows
2
r=1
n
r=1
r=1
that r3 = ( r) .
Exercise 100. (Answer on p. 1075.) Let a R. Prove that
1 (n + 1)an + nan+1
,
ra = a
(1 a)2
r=1
n
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Part III
Vectors
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26
The length of the line segment ab is thus a well-defined concept. In contrast, it makes no
sense to talk about the length of the line ab.
A ray is a portion of a line, beginning at some point along the line, then going towards
infinity. You can think of a ray as a half-infinite-line. The figure above illustrates in grey
the ray that starts from the point a and goes in the direction b.
This textbook will strictly reserve the word ray to mean a half-infinite-line. But you should
know that some other writers use ray to mean a (finite) line segment.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26.2
We will not use the degree as a unit of measurement for angles. In this textbook, the
unit of measurement for angles is the radian. As well see in a moment, the radian is
actually a unitless unit. So well always write, for example, /3 instead of /3 rad.
rad= 45 ,
rad= 90 , rad= 180 , and
4
2
2 rad= 360 . (This last sentence is the one and only time in this textbook that well use
degrees as a unit of measurement for angles.)
is an obtuse angle if ( , ),
2
is a straight angle if = ,
is a right angle if =
,
2
In the figure below, the angle A is acute, R is right, O is obtuse, S is straight, and X is
reflex. The zero angle is not depicted.
By convention, every angle is depicted as a sector of a circle, unless it is a right angle, in
which case it is depicted by a square.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26.3
Triangles are also given different names, depending on the size of their largest angle. A
triangle is:
Acute if its largest angle is acute;
Right if its largest angle is right; and
Obtuse if its largest angle is obtuse.
In the figure below, the largest angle of each triangle is highlighted.
Obtuse triangle
Acute triangle
Right triangle
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26.4
Both the sine and cosine functions have domain R and codomain [1, 1].
The tangent function has domain (1.5, 0.5)(0.5, 0.5)(0.5, 1.5). . . i.e.
all reals except half-integer multiples of . And the tangent functions codomain is R.
Draw a unit circle. Then given any point p = (px , py ) on the unit circle and the angle A
that the line segment op makes with the positive x-axis, we define sin A = py , cos A = px ,
py
and tan A = . Note that the line segment op has length 1.
px
y
p
py
A
px
In the case where A is acute (the point p is in the top-right quadrant of the cartesian
plane), one mnemonic is SOH, CAH, TOA Sine is Opposite over Hypothenuse, Cosine
is Adjacent over Hypothenuse, and Tangent is Opposite over Adjacent.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26.5
Sine and cosine fluctuate between 1 and 1. We describe their fluctuations as being sinusoidal. In contrast, tangent fluctuates between and . At half-integer multiples of ,
the tangent function is undefined.
y = tan x
y = cos x
y = sin x
0
3
x
0
-2
You dont need to memorise the following (because you have a calculator). But you will
solve problems a little more quickly if you have these memorised.
x
sin x 0
cos x 1
tan x 0
6
1/2
3/2
3/3
2/2
2/2
3/2
1/2
2
3
3/2
1/2
Undefined 3
3
4
2/2
5
6
1/2
3/3
2/2 3/2 1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26.6
For all x for which all expressions are well defined, we have:
tan x =
sin x
,
cos x
sin(x) = sin x,
sin(x + 2) = sin x,
cos(x) = cos x,
cos(x + 2) = cos x,
tan(x) = tan x,
tan(x + 2) = tan x.
The following formulae will appear in the List of Formulae youll get during exams, so
you dont need to memorise them. Exam Tip: Whenever you see a question with
trigonometric functions, make sure you have this list right next to you! For all
A, B, P, Q for which all expressions are well-defined, we have:
sin(A B) = sin A cos B cos A sin B,
cos(A B) = sin A cos B cos A sin B,
tan(A B) =
tan A tan B
,
1 tan A tan B
2 tan A
,
1 tan2 A
P Q
P +Q
) cos (
),
2
2
P +Q
P Q
) sin (
),
2
2
P +Q
P Q
) cos (
),
2
2
P +Q
P Q
) sin (
).
2
2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26.7
We define sin2 A to be the square of sin A. One might thus suppose that analogously,
sin1 x = 1/ sin x, but this is not so! Instead:
Definition 59. The arcsine function, denoted sin1 , has domain [1, 1], codomain (and
range) [0.5, 0.5], and rule x y where sin y = x.
Below is the graph of the arcsine function. The endpoints (1, 0.5) and (1, 0.5) are
marked with red dots.
y
0.5
y = sin-1 x
x
-1.0
-0.6
-0.2
0.2
0.6
1.0
-0.5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Angles come full circle every 2 radians. And so for example, sin = 0.5. But also
6
sin ( + 2) = 0.5. And also sin ( + 4) = 0.5. And also sin ( 2) = 0.5. Indeed,
6
6
6
sin ( + 2k) = 0.5 for any k Z. We say that the sine function is periodic.
6
Yet we do not say that sin1 (0.5) = + 2k for any k Z because this would mean that
6
sin1 maps each element in the domain to more than one (indeed infinitely many) elements
in the codomain. And so sin1 wouldnt be a function.
Instead, we define the arcsine function so that its principal values are [0.5, 0.5]. That
is, the codomain of the arcsine function is [0.5, 0.5]. And thus, sin1 (0.5) = .
6
Note that the choice of [0.5, 0.5] as the principal values of the arcsine function is a
somewhat arbitrary convention. We could equally well have chosen, say, [0.5, 1.5] as our
principal values. Its nicer though that our principal values are centred on 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 60. The arccosine function, denoted cos1 , has domain [1, 1], codomain (and
range) [0, ], and rule x y where cos y = x.
Below is the graph of the arccosine function. The endpoints (1, ) and (1, 0) are marked
with blue dots.
Note that [0, ] are the principal values of the arccosine function. Why cant we select
[0.5, 0.5] as the principal values for the arccosine function, like we did for the arcsine
function?32
y = cos-1 x
-1.0
32
-0.6
-0.2
0.2
0.6
1.0
x
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 61. The arctangent function, denoted tan1 , has domain R, codomain (and
range) (0.5, 0.5), and rule x y where tan y = x.
Below is the graph of the arctangent function. There are two horizontal asymptotes, namely
y = 0.5 and y = 0.5. That is, as x , y 0.5.
Note that (0.5, 0.5) are the principal values of the arctangent function.
y
y = 0.5
horizontal
asymptote
x
-10
-6
y=
tan-1
-2
10
y = -0.5
horizontal
asymptote
Remark 7. This notation can be tremendously confusing, which is why many writers prefer
to write arcsin x, arccos x, and arctan x instead of sin1 x, cos1 x, tan1 x. But the Singapore
Cambridge A-level syllabus does not use the arcsin x, arccos x, or arctan x notation and so
neither shall this textbook.
Page 261, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
26.8
a
a sin C
A
b - a cos C
a cos C
b
Proposition 4. A triangle with sides of lengths a, b, and c and angles A, B, and C has
area is 0.5ab sin C.
Proof. The triangle has base b and height a sin C. Hence, its area is 0.5ab sin C.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Proposition 5. (The Law of Sines.) For a triangle with sides of lengths a, b, and c and
angles A, B, and C,
a
b
c
=
=
.
sin A sin B sin C
Proof. The area of the above triangle is 0.5ab sin C. By symmetry, it is also 0.5bc sin A and
0.5ac sin B. Equate these and divide by 0.5abc:
0.5ab sin C = 0.5bc sin A = 0.5ac sin B
b
c
a
=
=
.
sin A sin B sin C
Proposition 6. (The Law of Cosines.) For a triangle with sides of lengths a, b, and c
and angles A, B, and C, c2 = a2 + b2 2ab cos C.
One perhaps-obvious implication of the Law of Cosines is that the length of any one side
of a triangle is always less than the sum of the lengths of the other two sides.
Corollary 3. For a triangle with sides of lengths a, b, and c, a < b + c.
Proof. c2 = a2 +b2 2ab cos C = a2 +b2 2ab+2ab2ab cos C = (ab)2 +2ab(1cos C) > (ab)2 .
Hence, c > a b or a < b + c.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27
a
2
c
1
0
-3
-2
-1
o
0
b
-1
-2
-3
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 228. In the figure, ab, cd, and u are all vectors. (As well see, there are multiple
ways to denote vectors.)
y
4
The vector ab = v = v
3
Length = 5
c 1
0
-3
-2
-1
-1
The vector cd = v = v
-2
5
x
b
The vector u
d
-3
Given two points a and b, ab denotes the vector from point a to point b. The word vector
means carrier (in Latin). You may have learnt in biology that mosquitoes are vectors,
because they carry diseases (to humans). In mathematics likewise, a vector carries us
from one point to another.
Example 229. The vector ab carries us from point a to point b. The vector cd carries us
from point c to point d.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Like a point, a vector can be described as being an ordered pair of real numbers
Example 230. The vector ab = (4, 3) carries us 4 units to the right and 3 units down. The
vector cd = (4, 3) carries us 4 units to the right and 3 units down. The vector u = (2, 1.5)
carries us 2 units to the right and 1.5 units down.
Note that were now using the (x, y) ordered set notation for the third time!33
Do not confuse a point with a vector!
Example 231. The point (4, 3) is a zero-dimensional object. In contrast, the vector
(4, 3) is a two-dimensional object.
x
.
y
4
2
and u = (2, 1.5) =
.
3
1.5
a
notation for vectors is very useful, because as well see shortly, well be doing a
b
lot of addition and multiplication with vectors, and this notation can help us see better (in
a literal sense). But in print, Ill often prefer using the (a, b) notation, simply because this
takes up less space.
The
The point a is called the vectors tail and the point b is called the vectors head. This is
potentially confusing, so always remember: a vector carries us from tail to head and
not the other way round!
A vector is defined by two characteristics: direction and length.
It must be stressed that the tail and head of a vector do not matter. Only the
direction and length do. So long as two vectors have the same direction and length, they
are considered to be exact same vector. Examples to illustrate
33
So far, we have used (x, y) to denote (i) an open interval specifically, the set of real numbers greater than x but smaller
than y; (ii) the ordered pair of real numbers x and y; and now also (iii) the vector that carries us x units to the right and
y units up.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 233. Informally, ab, cd, and u all point in the same direction. ab
and cd have
the same length, which we can compute using the Pythagorean Theorem as 32 + 42 = 5.
Hence, ab and cd are considered to be exactly the same: ab = cd. Even though they have
different heads and tails, both ab and cd carry us 4 units right and 3 units down. The
vector (4, 3) can carry us from a to b or from c to d. Thus, cd = (4, 3) = ab = (4, 3).
They are one and the same vector.
In contrast, the vector u has only half the length of ab and so u ab. (Indeed, as we shall
= (0, 1).
Thus, bd = (0, 1) =
ac
But,
and
= (0, 1)
= (0, 1),
ca
ac
= (0, 1).
(0, 0.5)
ac
Yet another way of denoting vectors is by a single letter, either with a right arrow overhead
or in bold font. For example, in the figure above, the vector ab or cd is also named using
Example 235. So altogether, I can write the vector ab in five different ways:
4
ab =
v = v = (4, 3) =
.
3
Exercise 102. Using a, b, c, or d from the above figure as the tail and a distinct point as
the head, there are 12 possible vectors. Weve already written out 4 of these in the last two
examples. Write out the other 8 in ordered set notation. (Answer on p. 1077.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The position vector of a point a is simply the vector from the origin o = (0, 0) to the
point a. Formally:
Definition 62. Given a point a = (a1 , a2 ), its position vector is the vector a = (a1 , a2 ).
The position vector of the point a carries us from the origin o to the point a and so it
Take care not to confuse the point a = (a , a ) with the vector
can also be denoted
oa.
1 2
a = (a1 , a2 ) they are different objects!
Informally, the zero vector is the vector that carries us nowhere. Formally:
Definition 63. The zero vector is the vector (0, 0) and can be denoted 0 or 0 .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27.1
Point
Point
Point
Point
+ Point = Undefined,
Point =
Vector,
+ Vector =
Point,
Vector =
Point.
p+v
v
u
ba
p
34
b
qu
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 64. Given two points a = (a1 , a2 ) and b = (b1 , b2 ), their difference ba is defined
to be the vector from a to b, i.e., b a = (b1 a1 , b2 a2 ).
Example 237. Paris Tokyo = The journey that carries us from Tokyo to Paris. We might
write Paris Tokyo =(9000 km, 1000 km), meaning that to get from Tokyo to Paris, we
must travel 9, 000 km west and 1, 000 km north.
It makes sense to talk about the distance of the journey from Tokyo to Paris. Shortly, well
see that it similarly makes sense to talk about the length of the vector from a to b.
Example 238. (See figure on p. 265.) Given the points a = (1, 2) and b = (3, 1), their
difference b a is the vector from a to b, i.e., b a = (3 (1), 1 2) = (4, 3).
Definition 65. Given the point p = (p1 , p2 ) and the vector v = (v1 , v2 ), their sum p + v is
defined to be the point p + v = (p1 + v1 , p2 + v2 ).
Geometrically, if the vector v has tail p, then it also has head p + v.
Example 239. Tokyo + (9000 km, 1000 km) = Paris. This says that starting from Tokyo,
if we embark on a journey that carries us 9, 000 km west and 1, 000 km north, then well
end up in Paris.
Example 240. (See figure on p. 265.) Consider the vector (4, 3). If its tail is a = (1, 2),
then its head is (1, 2) + (4, 3) = (3, 1) = b. And if its tail is c = (1, 1), then its head is
(1, 1) + (4, 3) = (3, 2) = d.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 66. Given the point q = (q1 , q2 ) and the vector u = (u1 , u2 ), their difference
q u is defined to be the point q u = (q1 u1 , q2 u2 ).
Geometrically, if the vector u has head q, then it also has tail q u.
Example 241. Paris (9000 km, 1000 km) = Tokyo. This says that starting from Paris,
if we embark on a journey that is the exact opposite of going 9, 000 km west and 1, 000 km
north (equivalently, we embark on a journey that goes 9, 000 km east and 1, 000 km south),
then well end up in Tokyo.
Example 242. (See figure on p. 265.) Consider again the vector (4, 3). If its head is
b = (3, 1), then its tail is (3, 1) (4, 3) = (1, 2) = a. And if its head is d = (3, 2), then
its tail is (3, 2) (4, 3) = (1, 1) = c.
Exercise 103. Consider the vector (4, 3). (a) If it has tail (0, 0), then what is its head?
(b) If it has head (0, 0), then what is its tail? (c) If it has tail (5, 2), then what is its head?
(d) If it has head (5, 2), then what is its tail? (Answer on p. 1077.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27.2
Definition 67. If u = (u1 , u2 ) and v = (v1 , v2 ) are vectors, then their sum, denoted u + v,
is the vector defined by u + v = (u1 + v1 , u2 + v2 ).
Geometrically, if the tail of v is the head of u, then u + v is the vector from the tail of u
to the head of v.
u+v
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 69. Given two vectors u and v, their difference, denoted u v, is defined to
be the sum of the vectors u and v. Or equivalently, if u = (u1 , u2 ) and v = (v1 , v2 ), then
u v is the vector defined by u v = (u1 v1 , u2 v2 ).
Geometrically, if we place the heads of u and v at the same point, then u v is the vector
from the tail of u to the tail of v.
u-v
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
vector
pq.
Example 249. (See figure on p. 265.) Without any numbers, we can compute: ab cb =
+
Exercise 104. Write down what
ac
cb, dc +
ca, bd + da, ad cd, dc bd, and bd + db are,
without writing out any numbers.(Answer on p. 1077.)
Exercise 105. Using the figure on p. 265, compute each of the following:
ac
cb, dc
ca,
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27.3
Displacement Vectors
Definition 70. If a moving particle starts at point a and ends at point b, we call ab its
displacement vector.
Example 251. A particle is travelling along the red arc, along the path shown. Its starting
point is in blue and its ending point is in purple. Its displacement vector is thus (2, 2).
y
x
0
-1
0
-1
-2
2 Ending
point
Displacement
vector (2, 2)
Starting point
-3
-4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27.4
c
a
As you learnt in secondary school we can calculate the distance between two points using
the Pythagorean Theorem:
Example
be two points. Then the distance between p
252. Let p = (1, 1) and q =(1, 1)
2
2
and q is [1 (1)] + [1 (1)] = 4 + 4 = 8.
1 - (-1)
1 - (-1)
0
-2
-1
-1
-2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The vector v = (v1 , v2 ) goes v1 units right and v2 units up. We are thus motivated to define
its length (or magnitude) as:
Definition
71. The length (or magnitude) of a vector v = (v1 , v2 ) is denoted v and defined
by v = v12 + v22 .
Example 252 (continued). Another way to find the distance between p and q is to first
= (2, 2). The distance between p
find the vector that carries us from p to q. This is
pq
2
2
and q is thus simply the length (or magnitude) of this vector: pq = (2) + (2) = 8.
Of course, the distance from p to q is the same as the distance from q to p. So we could
= (2, 2) and gotten the same answer
=
just as well have calculated the length of
qp
qp
22 + 22 = 8.
Exercise 106. Using the figure on p. 265, compute each of the following:
ac
cb, dc
ca,
bd da, ad + cd, dc + bd, and bd db. Also, find the distance between (18, 4) and
(1, 2). (Answer on p. 1077.)
Exercise 107. In general, given any two vectors u and v, is it true that u + v = u + v?
(Answer on p. 1077.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27.5
v
cv
Proof.
2
2
cv = (cv1 , cv2 ) = (cv1 ) + (cv2 )
2
2
2
2
= c v1 + c v2 = c v12 + v22
= c (v1 , v2 ) = c v .
= 3
and 4
notation. Verify that 2ab = 2 ab, 3
ac
ac,
ad = 4 ad. (Answer on p. 1078.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27.6
Unit Vectors
2 2
Example 253. Lets verify that the vectors (1, 0), (0, 1), and (
,
) are all unit vectors:
2 2
(1, 0) = 12 + 02 = 1,
(0, 1) = 02 + 12 = 1,
2
2
2
2 2
2
(
(
,
) =
) +(
) = 2/4 + 2/4 = 1.
2 2
2
2
Example 254. Lets verify that the vectors (1, 1) and (1, 1) are not unit vectors:
12 + 12 = 2 1,
2
2
(1, 1) = (1) + (1) = 2 1.
(1, 1) =
We specially reserve the name i (or i ) for the unit vector (1, 0), which is the unit vector
that is purely in the direction of the x-axis. Similarly, we specially reserve the name j (or
j ) for the unit vector (0, 1), which is the unit vector that is purely in the direction of the
y-axis.
And so, using also what we learnt about the sum of and scalar multiplication of vectors,
we can rewrite any vector into the sum of is and js:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 255. The position vectors for the points a, b, and c (illustrated below) are
a = (1, 2) = i + 2j, b = (4, 3) = 4i 3j, and c = (0, 6) = 6j.
y
c
6
j
5
j
4
j
3
j
2
ji
1
j
0
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
0-j
-j
-j
i
b
i
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1
v.
v
Exercise 109. In the figure on p. 265, what are the unit vectors in the directions ab,
ac,
and ad? What are the unit vectors in the directions 2ab, 3ac, and 4ad? (Answer on p.
1078.)
Informally, two vectors have the same unit vector they both point in the same
direction. Formally:
a can be written as a scalar
=b
Fact 22. Let a and b be any two vectors. Then a
multiple of b.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
27.7
b
o
Theorem 3. Ratio Theorem. Let a, b, and p be points, where p is on the line segment
ab. Let a, b, and p be the corresponding position vectors. Then
bp
ap
p=
a+
b.
+
+
ap
ap
bp
bp
Proof. Optional, see p. 932 (Appendices).
and =
Or if we let =
ap
bp, then the above can be rewritten in a form that is perhaps
easier to remember:
p=
a
b
a + b
+
=
.
+ +
+
a + b
.
+
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 256. Consider the points a = (3, 4) and b = (1, 2). Find the point p that divides
the line segment ab into the ratio 3 2.
2
3
2
3
3 14
3 14
We have p = a + b = (3, 4) + (1, 2) = ( , ). Hence, the point is p = ( , ).
5
5
5
5
5 5
5 5
Example 257. Consider the points a = (8, 3) and b = (2, 6). Find the point p that divides
the line segment ab into the ratio 3 7.
We have p = 0.7a +0.3b = 0.7(8, 3)+0.3(2, 6) = (6.2, 0.3). Hence, the point is p = (6.2, 0.3).
Exercise 111. (a) Consider the points a = (1, 2) and b = (3, 4). Find the point p that
divides the line segment ab into the ratio 5 6. (b) Consider the points a = (1, 4) and
b = (2, 3). Find the point p that divides the line segment ab into the ratio 5 1. (c)
Consider the points a = (1, 2) and b = (3, 4). Find the point p that divides the line
segment ab into the ratio 2 3. (Answer on p. 1078.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
28
Scalar Product
Definition 76. Given two 2D vectors u = (u1 , u2 ) and v = (v1 , v2 ), their scalar product (or
dot product), denoted u v, is defined by u v = u1 v1 + u2 v2 .
And so to get the scalar product, simply multiply each term of each vector with the corresponding term of the other, then add these up. Its that simple!
The scalar product is itself simply a scalar (i.e. a real number). Hence the name.
Example 258. (5, 3) (2, 1) = 5 2 + (3) 1 = 7.
Example 259. (0, 17) (1, 3) = 0 (1) + 17 3 = 51.
Ordinary multiplication is distributive:
Example 260. 3 (5 + 11) = 3 5 + 3 11 and 18 (7 31) = 18 7 18 31.
It turns out that the scalar product is likewise distributive:
Fact 24. Let a, b, and c be vectors. Then a (b + c) = a b + a c and (a + b) c = a c + b c.
v v.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
28.1
Fact 26. Let [0, ] be the angle between two non-zero vectors u and v. Then
u v = u v cos .
35
uv
).
u v
We have two possible interpretations of the scalar product that are entirely equivalent. We can use either of these
interpretations as our definition and then prove that the other interpretation is true.
(1) In this textbook, we first define the scalar product by u v = u1 v1 + u2 v2 , then prove that u v = u v cos . That is,
we start with the algebraic definition, then prove a geometric property.
(2) In contrast, others may prefer to first define the scalar product by uv = u v cos , then prove that uv = u1 v1 +u2 v2 .
That is, we start with the geometric definition, then prove an algebraic property.
Either way, we first define the scalar product one way or the other. We then prove that the alternative statement is
equivalent.
(It is possible that your JC teachers take the second approach, rather than the first, as is done in this textbook.
Or worse, your teachers simply leave you confused as to why the hell u v = u v cos and at the same time, magically
enough, u v = u1 v1 + u2 v2 . This was my experience as a JC student a number of years ago. If this is also your current
experience, hopefully this textbook has helped to clear things up!)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 261. The vector i = (1, 0) points east. The vector (1, 1) points northeast. We
know the angle between these two vectors is . Lets check and verify that the formula
4
works:
= cos1 (
i (1, 1)
(1, 0) (1, 1)
) = cos1 (
)
i (1, 1)
(1, 0) (1, 1)
11+01
= cos
( 12 + 02 ) ( 12 + 12 )
1
= cos1 (
1+0
1
) = cos1 ( ) = .
4
1 2
2
Example 262. The vector i = (1, 0) points east. The vector j = (0, 1) points north. We
know the angle between these two vectors is right (i.e. ). Lets check and verify that the
2
formula works:
= cos1 (
ij
(1, 0) (0, 1)
) = cos1 (
)
i j
(1, 0) (0, 1)
10+01
= cos
( 12 + 02 ) ( 02 + 12 )
1
= cos1 (
0+0
) = cos1 0 =
11
2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 263. The angle between the vectors (3, 2) and (1, 4) is
= cos1 (
(3, 2) (1, 4)
)
(3, 2) (1, 4)
(1)
+
2
(4)
= cos1
2
2
2
2
( 3 + 2 ) ( (1) + (4) )
11
3 8
) = cos1 (
) 2.404
= cos1 (
13 17
221
y
(3, 2)
x
2.404 rad
(-1, -4)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Recall that the arccosine function is defined to have range [0, ]. That is, cos1 x [0, ].
Moreover,
These three observations, together with Fact 26, imply the following Fact, which by the
way was already illustrated by the previous three examples:
Fact 27. Let u and v be vectors. The angle between u and v is
(i) acute (or zero) if u v < 0;
(ii) right if u v = 0; and
(iii) obtuse (or straight) if u v > 0.
Well use the words perpendicular, orthogonal, and normal interchangeably:
Definition 77. Two vectors are orthogonal (or perpendicular or normal) if the angle be
tween them is right (i.e. equal to ).
2
I will sometimes write u v to mean u is orthogonal (or perpendicular or normal) to v.
Exercise 112. First write down the angle between each of the following pairs of vectors
without using the above formula. Then verify that the formula does indeed
give you
these correct angles: (a) (2, 0) and (0, 17); (b) (5, 0) and (3, 0); (c) i and (1, 3/3); (d) i
Exercise 113. Verify that i and j are orthogonal, by computing their scalar product.
(Answer on p. 1081.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
28.2
The scalar product also gives a convenient way of computing the length of the projection
of one vector on another.
Say we have a right triangle (left diagram) where the angle and the length a are known.
What is the length b? It is simply a cos .
Now suppose a (blue) and b (green) are vectors (right diagram). The projection of the
vector a on the vector b is denoted ab (red). Note that ab is itself a vector.
What is the length of the projection? Well, if a is the length of the vector a and is the
angle between the two vectors, then the length of the projection is ab simply a cos .
Nicely enough, we actually have a quick alternative method of computing this length. Let
be the unit vector for b. Then
b
= ab
cos = a 1 cos = a cos = ab .
ab
or more correctly a b,
since a b
may sometimes
So we have a nice interpretation for a b
be negative:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
5
5 2
1
= (3 1 + 2 1) = =
.
2
2
2
(3, 2) (1,
1) = (3, 2) [
You should
verify for yourself that the length of the projection of (3, 2) on (1000, 1000) is
5 2
. The length of the vector to be projected (3, 2) matters, but the length of
also
2
the vector onto which it is projected be it (1, 1) or (1000, 1000) doesnt matter.
(6, 1) (2,
0) = (6, 1) [
Again, you can verify for yourself that the length of the projection of (6, 1) on (50000, 0)
is also 6. Again, the length of the vector to be projected (6, 1) matters, but the
length of the vector onto which it is projected be it (2, 0) or (50000, 0) doesnt matter.
Exercise 114. What are the lengths of the projections of (a) (1, 0) on (33, 33) and (b)
(33, 33) on (1, 0)? (Answer on p. 1081.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
28.3
Direction Cosines
The angle between a vector v and the x-axis is simply the angle between v and i = (1, 0).
Similarly, the angle between v and the y-axis is simply the angle between v and j = (0, 1).
Example 266. Consider the angle a between the vector (3, 2) and the x-axis. We have:
= cos a =
31+20
3
(3, 2) (1, 0)
=
= .
(3, 2) (1, 0) ( 32 + 22 ) ( 12 + 02 )
13
cos1 = cos1 (3/ 13) 0.588, we find that the angle a between the vector (3, 2) and the
x-axis is 0.588.
y
(3, 2)
0.983 rad
x
2.404 rad
(-1, -4)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 267. Consider the angle b between the vector (3, 2) and the y-axis. We have:
= cos b =
(3, 2) (0, 1)
2
2
30+21
= .
=
=
(3, 2) (0, 1) ( 32 + 22 ) ( 02 + 12 )
13 1
13
cos1 = cos1 (2/ 13) 0.983, we find that the angle b between the vector (3, 2) and the
y-axis is 0.983.
Definition 78. Given a vector v, its x-direction cosine is simply the length of the
on the x-axis.
projection of v
on the y-axis.
Similarly, its y-direction cosine is simply the length of the projection of v
The next Fact is immediate from the above definition:
= (, ).
Fact 28. Let v be a vector and and be its x- and y-direction cosines. Then v
Example 268. The x- and y-direction cosines of the vector (3, 2) are
3
=
13
2
and = .
13
3
2
Hence, the unit vector in the direction (3, 2) is ( , ).
13 13
Exercise 115. For each of the following vectors, find their x- and y-direction cosines.
Hence write down their unit vectors. (a) (1, 3). (b) (4, 2). (c) (1, 2). (Answer on p.
1081.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
29
Vectors in 3D
In two dimensions, we had the cartesian (or two-dimensional) plane with x- and y-axes.
Informally, the x-axis goes to the right and the y-axis goes up. A point was any ordered
pair of real numbers. The origin o = (0, 0) was the intersection point of the two axes. And
relative to the origin, the generic point a = (a1 , a2 ) was the point a1 units to the right and
a2 units up.
In three dimensions, we now instead have the three-dimensional space (3D space).
The x- and y-axes are as before. There is an additional z-axis that, informally, comes
out of the paper, perpendicular to the plane of the paper, straight towards your face.
We call this the right hand coordinate system, because if you take your right hand,
stick out your thumb, forefinger, and middle finger so that they are perpendicular, your
thumb represents the x-axis, your forefinger the y-axis, and your middle finger the z-axis.
(Try it!)
(If instead the z-axis goes into the paper, then wed have a left hand coordinate system.
Can you explain why?)
a2
x
a1
a3
z
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
In the context of 3D space, a point is any ordered triple of real numbers. The origin
o = (0, 0, 0) is the point where the x-, y-, and z-axes intersect. And relative to the origin,
the generic point a = (a1 , a2 , a3 ) is the point a1 units to the right, a2 units up, and a3 units
out of the paper.
Everything we learnt about 2D vectors finds its analogy in three-dimensional (3D)
vectors. Most of the time, the analogy is obvious. Try these exercises.
Exercise 116. (Answer on p. 1082.) (a) Fill in the blanks. A 3D vector is an arrow
that has two characteristics: __________ and __________. Just like a
point, it can be described by an __________ of __________. The vector
a = (a1 , a2 , a3 ) carries us from the origin to _______________.
(b) What other ways are there to denote the vector a = (a1 , a2 , a3 )? (Hint. The unit vector
in the z-axis is now called k.)
(c) Let a = (a1 , a2 , a3 ) and b = (b1 , b2 , b3 ) be points. What are (i) a+b; (ii) a+ ob; (iii)
oa+
ob;
ba?
and (iv)
oa
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The length (or magnitude) of a 2D vector v = (v1 , v2 ) was defined by v12 + v22 . What then
is the length (or magnitude) of a 3D vector? This is the one instance where the analogy
from the 2D case to the 3D case is perhaps less than obvious. So lets explore this issue.
Consider the blue point a in the figure below. What is its distance from the origin (0, 0, 0)?
In other words, what is the length of the green dotted line?
a2
x
a1
a3
z
First lets calculate the distance of the red point from the origin,
in other words the length
Now, notice the the green dotted line, the red dotted line (length a22 + a23 ), and the
blue dotted line (length a1 ) form a right-angled triangle, with the hypothenuse being the
green dotted line. Thus, the length of the green dotted line is (again by the Pythagorean
Theorem):
a21
2
2
2
+ ( a2 + a3 ) = a21 + a22 + a23 .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We are thus motivated to define the length (or magnitude) of a 3D vector as follows:
Definition 79.
The length (or magnitude) of a vector a = (a1 , a2 , a3 ) is denoted a and
defined by a = a21 + a22 + a23 .
This is very much analogous to the definition of the length (or magnitude) of a 2D vector.
Exercise 117. (Answer on p. 1083.) (a) Compute the lengths of the vectors a = (1, 2, 3),
b = (4, 5, 6), and a b.
(b) Compute the lengths of the vectors 2a = (2, 4, 6), 3b = (12, 15, 18), and 4(a b).
(c) Compute the unit vectors in the directions a = (1, 2, 3), b = (4, 5, 6), and a b.
(d) Compute (1, 2, 3) (4, 5, 6) and (2, 4, 6) (1, 2, 3).
(e) Compute the angles (i) between the vectors a = (1, 2, 3) and b = (4, 5, 6); and (ii)
between the vectors u = (2, 4, 6) and v = (1, 2, 3). (iii) Are the vectors (2, 4, 6) and
(1, 2, 3) orthogonal?
(f) Compute the length of the projection of a = (1, 2, 3) on b = (4, 5, 6).
(g) Find the point that divides the line segment ab in the ratio 2 3.
(h) For each of the following vectors, find their x-, y-, and z-direction cosines. And then
write down their unit vectors. (i) (1, 3, 2). (ii) (4, 2, 3). (iii) (1, 2, 4).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
30
30.1
Vector Product
Vector Product in 2D
Recall that given two 2D vectors u = (ux , uy ) and v = (vx , vy ), their scalar product was the
scalar defined by u v = ux vx + vx vy . We now define a very similar concept.
Definition 80. Given two 2D vectors u = (ux , uy ) and v = (vx , vy ), their vector product (or
cross product), denoted u v, is the scalar defined by
u v = ux vy uy vx .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Recall that if [0, ] is the angle between two vectors, then based on our definition that
u v = ux vx + uy vy , we could prove that u v = u v cos .
It turns out based on our definition that u v = ux vy uy vx , we can prove a very similar
result:36
Fact 29. Let u and v be two non-zero 2D vectors and [0, ] be the angle between them.
Then the scalar u v is equal to either u v sin or u v sin .
Earlier we already had one formula for calculating the angle between two vectors. Let
[0, ] be the angle between u and v. Then
= cos1 (
uv
).
u v
The above Fact now gives us a second formula. Let [0, ] be the acute or right angle
between u and v. Then
= sin1
uv
.
u v
However, well stick with using only the first cosine formula. We wont use the second
sine formula, mainly because, as well see, computing the vector product is very tedious,
especially in the 3D case, where it is a different creature altogether.
36
Footnote 36 explained that the scalar product could be defined in one of two equivalent ways.
Similarly, the vector product can be defined in one of two equivalent ways. We can use either definition and then prove
that the other is true.
(1) In this textbook, we first define the vector product by u v = ux vy uy vx ; we then prove that u v = u v sin ,
where is the angle between the two vectors. That is, we start with the algebraic definition, then prove a geometric
property.
The alternative approach is this:
(2) Define the vector product by u v = u v sin if [0, ] or u v = u v sin if ( , ] ; then prove that
2
2
u v = ux vy uy vx . That is, we start with the geometric definition, then prove an algebraic property.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
30.2
SYLLABUS ALERT
Calculation of the area of a triangle or parallelogram is included in the 9740 (old) syllabus,
but not in the 9758 (revised) syllabus. So you can skip this section if youre taking 9758.
The vector product is also helpful for computing the area of triangles and parallelograms.
Fact 30. The triangle with sides of lengths u, v, and v u has area 0.5u v.
Case #1.
|v| sin ( )
v
|v| sin
vu
vu
Case #2.
Proof. Case #1. If the vectors u and v form an acute or right angle , then the area of the
triangle is simply 0.5 Base Height or 0.5 u v sin . And by Fact 29, 0.5 u v sin =
0.5u v.
Case #2. And if the vectors u and v form an obtuse angle , then the area of the triangle is
again simply 0.5 Base Height or 0.5 u v sin( ). Recall that sin( ) = sin cos
sin cos = sin . So again the area of the triangle is 0.5 u v sin or 0.5u v.
Example 275. Consider the triangle formed by the points (0, 0), (3, 4), and (5, 6). Its
area is simply 0.5 (3, 4) (5, 6) = 0.53 6 4 5 = 1.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Fact 31. The parallelogram with sides of lengths u and v, and diagonal of length v u
has area u v.
vu
u
Proof. Such a parallelogram is simply composed of two of the triangles from Fact 30. And
so its area is simply twice the area of the triangle, or 2 0.5u v = u v.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
30.3
Vector Product in 3D
The 3D vector product is very different from the 2D vector product. The latter was simply
a scalar (real number); in contrast, the 3D vector product is instead a VECTOR!
Also previously, we first started with the algebraic definitions. For example, the 3D scalar
product was defined as uv = u1 v1 +u2 v2 +u3 v3 and the 2D vector product as uv = u1 v2 u2 v1 .
We then showed that these algebraic definitions were equivalent to some geometric
interpretations.
For the vector product in 3D, I will go the other way round. That is, I will start with
the (very long) geometric definition, then show that it is equivalent to some algebraic
interpretation.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 81. Given two distinct 3D vectors u = (ux , uy , uz ) and v = (vx , vy , vz ), their
vector product (or cross product), denoted u v, is the (unique) vector that satisfies 3
properties:
1. u v is orthogonal (perpendicular) to both u and v.
Lets see what this first property means. Recall that it doesnt matter where we put the
heads and tails of vectors. So lets put u and v on the same plane, with their heads at the
same point.
uv
Plane
We see that there are exactly two vectors that are orthogonal to both u and v the vector
pointing up (green) and the vector pointing down (purple).
There is thus an ambiguity. Which of these two vectors is u v?
To resolve this ambiguity, we also require that u v satisfy a second property:
2. u v satisfies the right-hand rule: Take your right hand, stick out your thumb,
forefinger, and middle finger so that they are perpendicular, your thumb represents the
vector u v, your forefinger the vector u, and your middle finger the vector v. Hence,
in the figure, u v points up (green). (Try it yourself!)
Note that the right-hand rule is a mere convention, but one that everyone has agreed upon.
There is no especially compelling reason for using it, other than the fact that left-handed
people are an oppressed minority! (If instead we used the left-hand rule, then u v would
point down (purple) (try it!), but for better or worse, we dont use the left-hand rule.)
The third and last property specifies the length (or magnitude) of u v.
3. u v = u v sin , where [0, ] is the angle between them.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Note that [0, ] sin 0, so that u v sin is never negative. (Otherwise, wed
have the distressing possibility that the length of u v is sometimes negative!)
One implication of this third and last property is that if both u and v point in the same
direction (so that = 0), then u v is the zero vector (i.e. u v = 0).
Fact 32. (a) i j = k; (b) j k = i; (c) k i = j; (d) j i = k; (e) k j = i; and (f)
i k = j.
Proof. In each case, use the right-hand rule to show that properties #1 and #2 of Definition
81 are satisfied.
In each case, the length of the cross product is u v sin = 1 1 sin = 1. So indeed,
2
property #3 is also satisfied.
The next proposition gives the promised algebraic interpretation of the vector product.
Proposition 7. Given two 3D vectors u = (ux , uy , uz ) and v = (vx , vy , vz ), their vector
product is given by:
uy vz uz vy
uv=
uz vx ux vz
ux vy uy vx
Proof. Optional, see p. 935 in Appendices. (The proof is actually quite simple. It just
involves some tedious algebra.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
31
31.1
Lines
Describing lines using cartesian equations is secondary school stuff. Well now learn a
second method of describing lines through vector equations. In general, any line can be
described in the form
r = p + v, R,
where r is a generic point on the line, p is some known point on the line, v is a direction
vector of the line, and is a parameter that can take any real value.
Here are some examples to make sense of this.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 283. Consider the line (on a 2D plane) described by the cartesian equation
3x y + 2 = 0. It runs through the point (0, 2). A vector that points in the same direction
as this line is (1, 3). Hence, we can also describe it using the vector equation
r = (0, 2) + (1, 3), R.
This says that the line consists of every point r that can be written as (0, 2) + (1, 3) for
some real number . We call a parameter. As varies, we get different points of
the line. So for example, corresponding to = 0, 1, and 1, the line contains the points
(0, 2) + 0(1, 3) = (0, 2), (0, 2) + 1(1, 3) = (1, 5), and (0, 2)1(1, 3) = (1, 1). Of course, it
also contains infinitely many other points, one for each value of R.
We call (1, 3) a direction vector of the line. Note that this direction vector is not unique,
any scalar multiple thereof, i.e. c(1, 3) with c R, is also a direction vector of the line!
Again, we can either say the line is described by the vector equation r = (0, 2) +
(1, 3). OR, for convenience (but at the cost of some sloppiness), we can also say the line
is the very equation r = (0, 2) + (1, 3).
y 4
Line
Cartesian equation
3x - y + 2 = 0
-4
-2
Vector equation
r = (0, 2) + (1, 3)
-2
-4
Page 306, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 284. Consider the line (on a 2D plane) described by the cartesian equation
x + y 1 = 0. It runs through the point (0, 1). A vector that points in the same direction
as this line is (1, 1). Hence, we can also describe it using the vector equation
r = (0, 1) + (1, 1), R.
This says that the line consists of every point r that can be written as (0, 1) + (1, 1)
for some real number . Corresponding to = 0, 1, and 1, the line contains the points
(0, 1) + 0(1, 1) = (0, 1), (0, 1) + 1(1, 1) = (1, 0), and (0, 1)1(1, 1) = (1, 2).
Line
Cartesian equation
x+y-1=0
y 4
2
The point (0, 1)
x
0
-4
-2
-2
Vector equation
r = (0, 1) + (1, -1)
-4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 285. Consider the line (on a 2D plane) described by the cartesian equation
y 3 = 0. It runs through the point (0, 3). A vector that points in the same direction as
this line is (1, 0). Hence, we can also describe it using the vector equation
r = (0, 3) + (1, 0), R.
This says that the line consists of every point r that can be written as (0, 3) + (1, 0)
for some real number .Corresponding to = 0, 1, and 1, the line contains the points
(0, 3) + 0(1, 0) = (0, 3), (0, 3) + 1(1, 0) = (1, 3), and (0, 3)1(1, 0) = (1, 3).
y 4
Vector equation
r = (0, 3) + (1, 0)
Line
Cartesian equation
y-3=0
x
0
-4
-2
-4
Exercise 121. Rewrite each of the following lines into vector equation form. (a) 5x+y+1 =
0. (b) x 2y 1 = 0. (c) y 4 = 0. (d) x 4 = 0. (Answer on p. 1086.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
r = p + v, R.
Notice that the LHS of this equation is the generic Point r. And the RHS of the equation
is the Point p minus the Vector v, which equals Point (see p. 270). So LHS and RHS
do indeed match up.
There is another way to describe a line using a vector equation. We can instead write:
2
r = p + v, R,
where now r is the position vector of a generic point r on the line and p is the position
vector of some known point p on the line. So now LHS is a Vector and so too is RHS.
1
Equation = said that the line consists of those points r that could be written as p + v. In
2
contrast, equation = says that the line consists of those points whose position vector r can
be written as p + v. But both equations can equally well describe the very same line. The
difference is a fine and pedantic one and really doesnt matter much.
r = p + v, R; WRONG!
4
or r = p + v, R. WRONG!
3
The LHS of = is a Point while the RHS of = is a Vector. Therefore = cannot possibly be
true.
4
The LHS of = is a Vector while the RHS of = is a Point. Therefore = cannot possibly be
true.
As usual, this is all very pedantic, but can serve as a useful test of your understanding.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
31.2
In the previous section, given the cartesian equation of a line, we worked out its vector
equation. Now given its vector equation, well work out its cartesian equation.
Suppose a line (on a 2D plane) can be described by the vector equation
r = p + v = (p1 , p2 ) + (v1 , v2 ).
where R and v is a non-zero vector.37 And so any point (x, y) on this line must satisfy
x = p1 + v1
and y = p2 + v2 .
The above are the cartesian equations for a line (on a 2D plane)! But wait a minute ...
isnt there supposed to be just one equation? Well, if wed like, we can quite easily combine
them into a single equation by eliminating the parameter . In general:
Fact 34. The line with vector equation r = (p1 , p2 ) + (v1 , v2 ) (for R) is the line with
cartesian equations as given by the 3 cases below.
(1)
x p1 y p2
=
,
v1
v2
if v1 , v2 0;
(2) x = p1 , y is free,
if v1 = 0, v2 0;
(3) x is free, y = p2 ,
if v1 0, v2 = 0;
Some examples:
37
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 286. The line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2) + (1, 1), where R
has cartesian equations x = 1 + and y = 2 + .
As varies between and , this pair of equations gives us the points that are on the
line. For example, when = 1, 17, 33, we have the points (2, 3), (18, 20), and (34, 36).
We can eliminate and reduce the above pair of equations into the single cartesian equation
y = x + 1 or
y1 x
= .
1
1
Example 287. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (0, 0)+(4, 5), where
R has cartesian equations x = 4 and y = 5.
As varies between and , this pair of equations gives us the points that are on the
line. For example, when = 1, 17, 33, we have the points (4, 5), (68, 85), and (132, 165).
Eliminating , we can reduce the above pair of equations to y = 1.25x or
x
y
= .
1.25 1
Example 288. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (3, 1)+(0, 2), where
R has cartesian equations x = 3 and y = 1 + 2.
As varies between and , this pair of equations gives us the points that are on the
line. So in fact, the above equations say that x must always be 3 and y is free to vary along
with . For example, when = 1, 17, 33, we have the points (3, 3), (3, 25), and (3, 67).
Hence, the above pair of equations can be reduced to x = 3.
Exercise 122. Rewrite each of the following lines into cartesian equation form. (a) r =
(1, 1) + (3, 2), where R. (b) r = (5, 6) + (7, 8), where R. (c) r = (0, 3) + (3, 0),
where R. (Answer on p. 1086.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
31.3
y
3
(1, 2, 3)
2
1
x
1
(1, 3, 4)
1
2
3 (1, 1, 2)
Line
r = (1, 2, 3) + (0, 1, 1)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 290. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (0, 0, 0) + (1, 0, 0),
where R. Corresponding to = 0, 1, and 1, the line contains the points (0, 0, 0),
(1, 0, 0), and (1, 0, 0).
y
2
(-1, 0, 0)
1
Line
r = (0, 0, 0) + (1, 0, 0)
x
1
(1, 0, 0)
1
2 (0, 0, 0)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
31.4
We now try to work out the cartesian equation of a line in 3D space. Suppose a line can
be described by the vector equation
r = p + v = (p1 , p2 , p3 ) + (v1 , v2 , v3 ).
where R and v is a non-zero vector.38 And so any point (x, y, z) on this line must satisfy
x = p1 + v1 , y = p2 + v2 , and z = p3 + v3 .
The above are the cartesian equations for a line (in 3D space)! These are exactly analogous
to the cartesian equations (p. 31.2) in the 2D case.
Unlike in the 2D case, it is generally impossible to reduce these equations into a single
cartesian equation. However, we can reduce them into two equations.
Fact 35. The line with vector equation r = (p1 , p2 , p3 ) + (v1 , v2 , v3 ) where R is the line
with cartesian equations as given by the 7 cases below.
(1)
x p 1 y p2 z p3
=
=
v1
v2
v3
if v1 , v2 , v3 0;
(2) x = p1 ,
y p2 z p3
=
,
v2
v3
if v1 = 0, v2 , v3 0;
(3) y = p2 ,
x p1 z p 3
=
,
v1
v3
if v2 = 0, v1 , v3 0;
(4) z = p3 ,
x p1 y p2
=
,
v1
v2
if v3 = 0, v1 , v2 0;
(5) x = p1 , y = p2 , z is free,
if v1 , v2 = 0, v3 0;
(6) x = p1 , z = p3 , y is free,
if v1 , v3 = 0, v2 0;
(7) y = p2 , z = p3 , x is free, if v2 , v3 = 0, v1 0.
Proof. Optional, see p. 937 in the Appendices.
38
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The first two examples are where v1 , v2 , and v3 are non-zero (Case 1 of Fact 35).
Example 291. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2, 3) + (4, 5, 6),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 1 + 4, y = 2 + 5, and
z = 3 + 6.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (5, 7, 9), (13, 17, 21), and (69, 87, 105).
By rearranging each equation so that is on one side, we can reduce these three equations
to just two:
x1 y2 z3
=
=
.
4
5
6
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations.
Example 292. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (0, 0, 0) + (2, 3, 5),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 2, y = 3, and z = 5.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (2, 3, 5), (6, 9, 15), and (34, 51, 85).
By rearranging each equation so that is on one side, we can reduce these three equations
to just two:
x y z
= = .
2 3 5
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
In the case where v1 = 0 (but v2 0 and v3 0), then this is a line that is on the 2D yz
plane where x = p1 .
Example 293. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2, 3) + (0, 5, 6),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 1, y = 2 + 5, and z = 3 + 6.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (1, 7, 9), (1, 17, 21), and (1, 87, 102).
We see that x must always be equal to 1.
By rearranging the second and third equations so that is on one side, we can reduce these
three equations to just two:
y2 z3
=
.
x = 1,
5
6
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations.
Similarly, in the case where v2 = 0 (but v1 0 and v3 0), then this is a line that is on the
2D xz plane where y = p2 .
Example 294. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2, 3) + (4, 0, 6),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 1 + 4, y = 2, and z = 3 + 6.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (5, 2, 9), (13, 2, 21), and (69, 2, 105).
We see that y must always be equal to 2.
By rearranging the first and third equations so that is on one side, we can reduce these
three equations to just two:
x1 z3
=
.
y = 2,
4
6
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Finally, in the case where v3 = 0 (but v2 0 and v3 0), then this is a line that is on the
2D xy plane where z = p3 .
Example 295. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2, 3) + (4, 5, 0),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 1 + 4, y = 2 + 5, and z = 3.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (5, 7, 3), (13, 17, 3), and (69, 87, 3).
We see that z must always be equal to 3.
By rearranging the first and second equations so that is on one side, we can reduce these
three equations to just two:
x1 y2
=
.
z = 3,
4
5
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations.
We now look at examples where exactly two of v1 , v2 , or v3 are zero (Cases 5, 6, and 7 of
Fact 35).
In the case where v1 = 0 and v2 = 0, but v3 0, then this is a line that runs through the
points (p1 , p2 , ) for R.
Example 296. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2, 3) + (0, 0, 6),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 1, y = 2, and z = 3 + 6.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (1, 2, 9), (1, 2, 21), and (1, 2, 105).
We see that x and y must always be equal to 1 and 2. Hence, the above equations simply
reduce to:
x = 1,
y = 2.
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations. These are the points (1, 2, ), where can be any real.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Similarly, in the case where v1 = 0 and v3 = 0, but v2 0, then this is a line that runs
through the points (p1 , , p3 ) for R.
Example 297. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2, 3) + (0, 5, 0),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 1, y = 2 + 5, and z = 3.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (1, 7, 3), (1, 17, 3), and (1, 87, 3).
We see that x and z must always be equal to 1 and 3. Hence, the above equations simply
reduce to:
x = 1,
z = 3.
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations. These are the points (1, , 3), where can be any real.
In the case where v2 = 0 and v3 = 0, but v1 0, then this is a line that runs through the
points (, p2 , p3 ) for R.
Example 298. Consider the line described by the vector equation r = (1, 2, 3) + (4, 0, 0),
where R. It can be described by the cartesian equations x = 1 + 4, y = 2, and z = 3.
As varies between and , these 3 equations give us the points that are on the line.
For example, when = 1, 3, 17, we have the points (5, 2, 3), (13, 2, 3), and (69, 2, 3).
We see that y and z must always be equal to 2 and 3. Hence, the above equations simply
reduce to:
y = 2,
z = 3.
That is, this is the line that contains the points (x, y, z) which satisfy the above cartesian
equations. These are the points (, 2, 3), where can be any real.
Exercise 123. Rewrite each of the following vector equation descriptions of lines into
cartesian equations describing the same line. (a) r = (1, 1, 1) + (3, 2, 1), where R.
(b) r = (5, 6, 1) + (7, 8, 1), where R. (c) r = (0, 3, 1) + (3, 0, 1), where R. (d)
r = (9, 9, 9) + (1, 0, 0), where R. (Answer on p. 1087.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
SYLLABUS ALERT
The 9740 (old) List of Formulae contains the following statement, but not the 9758 (revised)
List of Formulae!
If A is the point with position vector a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and the direction vector b is given
by b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k, then the straight line through A with direction vector b has cartesian
equation
x a1 y a2 z a3
=
=
(= ).
b1
b2
b3
By the way, the above statement printed in the 9740 (old) List of Formulae is false (*gasp*),
because it fails to specify that b1 , b2 , b3 must be non-zero. (The correct statement was just
given as Fact 35.)
Consider for example, the point (0, 0, 0) and the direction vector b given by b = j + k. Then
contrary to the above statement, the straight line through A with direction vector b does
not have cartesian equation
x y z
= = ,
0 1 1
x
is undefined. This is the common mistake to which I devoted an entire chapter
0
(Chapter 2) earlier in this book. This seems like a very pedantic point to make, but dividing
by zero has been the cause of the downfall of many a student (and in this case some folks
at MOE).
because
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
In the examples and exercise we just went through, we started with a vector equation of a
line and then wrote down the lines cartesian equations. Now well go the other way round,
starting with the lines cartesian equations, then write down the vector equations.
Example 299. Consider a line described by the cartesian equations
3x 4 2y 18 z 1
=
=
.
6
5
3
In order to directly apply Fact 35, you must make sure that the coefficients on x, y,
and z are all 1! So first rewrite the above into
x 4/3 y 9 z 1
=
=
.
2
2.5
3
And now by Fact 35, we can immediately describe this line by the vector equation r =
(4/3, 9, 1) + (2, 2.5, 3), for R.
Example 300. Consider a line described by the cartesian equations
5x y 13 3z 14
=
=
.
2
6
8
Rewrite the above equations into
x y 13 z 14/3
=
= 8
.
2/5
6
/3
And so by Fact 35, we can immediately describe this line by the vector equation r =
(0, 13, 14/3) + (2/5, 6, 8/3), for R.
Example 301. Consider a line described by the cartesian equations 2x = 17 and 3z = 4.
Rewrite them into x = 8.5 and z = 4/3. And so by Fact 35, we can immediately describe
this line by the vector equation r = (8.5, 0, 4/3) + (0, 1, 0), for R.
Exercise 124. Rewrite each of the following cartesian equation descriptions of lines into
7x 2 0.3y 5 8z
a vector equation describing the same line. (a)
=
= . (b) 2x = 3y = 5z. (c)
5
7
7
3y 1
x 3 5z 2
17x 4 =
= 3z. (d)
=
, 3y = 11. (Answer on p. 1088.)
2
2
7
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
31.5
Collinearity
Definition 82. A set of points are said to be collinear if there is some line that contains
all of these points.
Any two points are always collinear simply take the line that passes through both of
them.
In contrast, three points may not be collinear. To check whether three points are collinear,
1. First take the line that passes through two of the points.
2. Then check whether the third point is on this line.
a
a
a, b, and c are
not collinear.
a, b, and c
are collinear.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 302. Are the points a = (1, 2, 3), b = (4, 5, 6), and c = (7, 8, 9) collinear?
First take the line through a and b. The vector from a to b is (3, 3, 3) and the line passes
through a. Hence, the line can be written as r = (1, 2, 3) + (3, 3, 3) ( R).
Then check whether c is on the line: Is there such that c = (7, 8, 9) = (1, 2, 3) + (3, 3, 3)?
Rearranging, we have (6, 6, 6) = (3, 3, 3), which we can write out as:
6 = 3,
6 = 3.
6= 3,
Clearly, all three of the above equations are true if = 2. And so c is also on the line.
Hence, the three points are collinear.
c = (7, 8, 9)
= (-1, 1, 0)
= (3, 3, 3)
e = (0, 1, 0)
b = (4, 5, 6)
a = (1, 2, 3)
d = (1, 0, 0)
Example 303. Are the points d = (1, 0, 0), e = (0, 1, 0), and f = (0, 0, 1) collinear?
First take the line through d and e . The vector from d to e is (1, 1, 0) and the line passes
through d. Hence, the line can be written as r = (1, 0, 0) + (1, 1, 0) ( R).
Then check whether f is on the line: Is there such that f = (0, 0, 1) = (1, 0, 0)+(1, 1, 0)?
Rearranging, we have (1, 0, 1) = (1, 1, 0), which we can write out as:
1 = ,
0= ,
1 = 0.
Clearly, there is no such that the above three equations can be true. And so the point f
is not on the line through d and e. Hence, the three points are not collinear.
Exercise 125. Determine whether each of the following set of three points are collinear. (a)
a = (3, 1, 2), b = (1, 6, 5), and c = (0, 1, 0). (b) a = (1, 2, 4), b = (0, 0, 1), and c = (3, 6, 10).
(Answer on p. 1088.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
32
Planes
Black vectors
Plane are on the plane
n (a normal
0.5n (Also a
vector)
normal vector)
-n (Also a
normal vector)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Suppose a plane contains some point p = (p1 , p2 , p3 ) and has a normal vector n = (a, b, c).
Now consider any point r on the plane. We can construct the vector r p.
This vector r p lies on the plane and must therefore be orthogonal to n, the planes normal
vector. So, for any point r that lies on the plane, we have
(r p) n = 0.
q (point not
on the plane)
n is normal to r p ,
but not to q p.
q p (vector not
on the plane)
n (a normal
vector)
p (point on
the plane)
r p (vector
on the plane)
Plane
r1 (point on
the plane)
Now consider any point q that is not on the plane. We can construct the vector q p.
This vector q p does not lie on the plane and must therefore not be orthogonal to n, the
planes normal vector. So, for any point q that does not lie on the plane, we have
(q p) n 0.
Altogether then, we conclude: A point r is on the plane if and only if
Fact 36. Suppose a plane contains point p and has normal vector n. Then the plane
contains exactly those points r such that
(r p) n = 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Recall that a line can be described by the vector equation r = p + v where r is a generic
point on the line and p is a known point on the line. Alternatively, it can also be described
by the vector equation r = p + v, where r is the position vector of r and p is the position
vector of p.
On the previous page, we proved that if a plane that contains point p and has normal vector
n, then it may be described by the vector equation (r p) n = 0, where r is a generic
point on the plane. Similar to a line, the same plane can also be described by the vector
equation (r p) n = 0.
By the distributivity of the scalar product, we have:
(r p) n = 0 r n p n = 0 r n = p n.
Now, p is known (it is the position vector of a point p known to be on the plane). So too
is n (it is the planes normal vector). Thus, p n is simply some known number.
So we can describe the plane even more simply by the vector equation
r n = d,
where d = p n.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 304. Consider a plane that contains the point p = (1, 2, 3) and has normal vector
(1, 1, 0). We compute
1 1
d=pn=
2 1
3 0
= 1 1 + 2 1 + 3 0 = 3.
We thus conclude that the plane may be described by the vector equation r (1, 1, 0) = 3.
This says that the plane contains exactly every point r, whose position vector r satisfies the
above equation. For example, the points r1 = (3, 0, 0), r2 = (0, 3, 5), and r3 = (1, 2, 1) are
on the plane, because their position vectors r1 = (3, 0, 0), r2 = (0, 3, 5), and r3 = (1, 2, 1)
satisfy the above equation, as we can easily verify:
3 1
r1 n =
0 1
0 0
= 3 1 + 0 1 + 0 0 = 3.
0 1
r2 n =
3 1
5 0
= 0 1 + 3 1 + 5 0 = 3.
1 1
r3 n =
2 1
1 0
= 1 1 + 2 1 + (1) 0 = 3.
Lest you be sceptical that a plane could be described so simply, lets verify that two vectors
on the plane are indeed orthogonal to the normal vector n. First consider r2 r1 = (0, 3, 5)
(3, 0, 0) = (3, 3, 5) this is a vector on the plane. We can verify that indeed
3 1
(r2 r1 ) n =
3 1
5 0
= 3 1 + 3 1 + 5 0 = 0.
Next consider p r3 = (1, 2, 3) (1, 2, 1) = (0, 0, 4) this is also a vector on the plane. We
can verify that indeed
0 1
(p r3 ) n =
0 1
4 0
Page 326, Table of Contents
= 0 1 + 0 1 + 4 0 = 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 305. Consider a plane that contains the point p = (0, 0, 1) and has normal vector
(2, 1, 1). We compute
0 2
d=pn=
0 1
1 1
= 0 2 + 0 (1) + 1 1 = 1.
We thus conclude that the plane may be described by the vector equation r (2, 1, 1) = 1.
This says that the plane contains exactly every point r, whose position vector r satisfies
the above equation. For example, the points r1 = (1, 1, 0), r2 = (0, 1, 2), and r3 = (1, 2, 1)
are on the plane, because their position vectors r1 = (1, 1, 0), r2 = (0, 1, 2), and r3 = (1, 2, 1)
satisfy the above equation, as we can easily verify:
1 2
r1 n =
1 1
0 1
= 1 2 + 1 (1) + 0 1 = 1.
0 2
r2 n =
1 1
2 1
= 0 2 + 1 (1) + 2 1 = 1.
1 2
r3 n =
2 1
1 1
= 1 2 + 2 (1) + 1 1 = 1.
Lest you be sceptical that a plane could be described so simply, lets verify that two vectors
on the plane are indeed orthogonal to the normal vector n. First consider r2 r1 = (0, 1, 2)
(1, 1, 0) = (1, 0, 2) this is a vector on the plane. We can verify that indeed
1 2
(r2 r1 ) n =
0 1
2 1
= (1) 2 + 0 (1) + 2 1 = 0.
Next consider p r3 = (0, 0, 1) (1, 2, 1) = (1, 2, 0) this is also a vector on the plane.
We can verify that indeed
1 2
(p r3 ) n =
2 1
0 1
Page 327, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We just learnt how to write down the vector equation of a plane, given a point on the
plane and its normal vector.
We now do the same, but given instead three points on a plane.
Example 306. A plane contains the points a = (1, 2, 3), b = (4, 5, 8), and c = (2, 3, 5).
plane is ab
ac = n = (1, 1, 0).
Since a n = 1, the plane can be described by the vector equation r (1, 1, 0) = 1.
Example 307. A plane contains the points a = (1, 0, 0), b = (0, 1, 0), and c = (0, 0, 1).
the plane is ab
ac = n = (1, 1, 1).
Since a n = 1, the plane can be described by the vector equation r (1, 1, 1) = 1.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We jnow write down the vector equation of a plane, given two points and a vector on
the plane.
Example 308. A plane contains the points a = (0, 0, 3) and b = (1, 4, 5), and the vector
v = (3, 2, 1).
Both vectors ab = (1, 4, 2) and v = (3, 2, 1) are on the plane. Hence, a normal vector to the
Both vectors ab = (5, 8, 9) and v = (0, 1, 1) are on the plane. Hence, a normal vector to
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
32.1
Let n = (a, b, c) be the normal vector of a plane. Let p = (p1 , p2 , p3 ) be a point on the plane.
Then the plane can be described by the vector equation
r n = p n,
where r = (x, y, z) is the position vector of a generic point on the plane. Writing out the
vectors in the above equation explicitly, we have:
x a
y b
z c
or
p1 a
= p b
2
p3 c
This last equation is the cartesian equation description of the same plane. Note, once
again, that d = ap1 + bp2 + cp3 is simply some known number. So this cartesian equation
simply says that the plane contains exactly those points (x, y, z) that satisfy the equation
ax + by + cz = d.
Example 310. The plane with vector equation r (1, 1, 0) = 3 has cartesian equation
x + y = 3.
Example 311. The plane with vector equation r (2, 1, 1) = 1 has cartesian equation
2x y + z = 1.
Example 312. The plane with vector equation r (1, 1, 0) = 1 has cartesian equation
x y = 1.
Example 313. The plane with vector equation r (1, 1, 1) = 1 has cartesian equation
x + y + z = 1.
Example 314. The plane with vector equation r (0, 5, 10) = 30 has cartesian equation
5y 10z = 30.
Example 315. The plane with vector equation r (1, 5, 5) = 18 has cartesian equation
x + 5y 5z = 18.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Its thus surprisingly easy to go back and forth between a planes vector and cartesian
equations:
r (a, b, c) = d
ax + by + cz = d.
Heres a nice observation: Every plane that contains the origin (0, 0, 0) can be written in
the form ax + by + cz = 0. Conversely, every plane that does not contain the origin can be
written in the form ax + by + cz = 1. Formally:
Fact 37. A plane r n = d contains the origin d = 0.
Proof. Given a plane r n = d, the origin is on the plane (and thus satisfies this equation)
0 n = d = 0.
SYLLABUS ALERT
The 9740 (old) List of Formulae contains the following statement, but not the 9758 (revised)
List of Formulae!
The plane through A with normal vector n = n1 i + n2 j + n3 k has cartesian equation
n1 x + n2 y + n3 z + d = 0
where
d= a n.
Exercise 126. Find the vector and cartesian equations that describe the planes containing
each of the following set of three points: (a) a = (7, 3, 4), b = (8, 3, 4), and c = (9, 3, 7). (b)
a = (8, 0, 2), b = (4, 4, 3), and c = (2, 7, 2). (c) a = (8, 5, 9), b = (8, 4, 5), and c = (5, 6, 0).
(Answer on p. 1089.)
Exercise 127. Write down the vector equations of the planes whose cartesian equations
are as given: (a) 3x + 2y + 5z = 3. (b) 2y + 5z = 3. (c) 5z = 3. (Answer on p. 1090.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
32.2
Example 318. The plane with vector equation r (1, 0, 1) = 11 or cartesian equation x + z =
11 can be described in an infinite number of ways. For example, the same plane can also
be described by any of the following four equations: r (2, 0, 2) = 22, r (1/11, 0, 1/11) = 1,
2x + 2z = 22, and x/11 + z/11 = 1.
If you talk about the plane r (2, 0, 2) = 22 and I talk about the plane x/11x + z/11z = 1, it
make take us a moment to realise that we are talking about the exact same plane. To save
ourselves such trouble, it may be desirable to describe planes in a standardised form, called
the Hessian normal form.
as our normal vector. However,
This involves simply picking the unit normal vector n
there are two possible unit normal vectors, one pointing up and the other pointing down.
0, so that the RHS of our
We will choose the unit normal vector that ensures that p n
vector or cartesian equation in Hessian normal form is always non-negative.
( 2/2, 0, 2/2). And so the plane can be rewritten in Hessian normal form as r
(8/ 74, 1// 74, 3// 74). Note though that right now, the RHS is negative. So in order
to ensure that d 0 (as required by the Hessian normal form), we need simply reverse the
sign of our unit normal vector that is, we should pick (8/ 74, 1/ 74, 3/ 74) as our
unit normal
then,
can be rewritten
vector.
Altogether
the plane
in Hessian
normal form
as
r (8/ 74, 1/ 74, 3/ 74) = 3/ 74 or (8/ 74) x (1/ 74) y (3/ 74) z = (3/ 74).
Exercise 128. Rewrite each of the following planes vector equation into Hessian normal
form. (a) r (3, 6, 2) = 4. (b) r (1, 2, 2) = 1. (c) r (8, 1, 4) = 0. (Answer on p. 1090.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
33
Distances
Before we proceed, here are some useful things to remember. A line can be fully determined
by
1. Any two distinct points.
2. Any vector and a point.
Similarly, a plane can be fully determined by
1. Any three distinct points.
2. Any two distinct points and a distinct vector.39
3. Two distinct vectors and a point.
39
If the two points are a and b, then the vector must be distinct from cab, for any c R.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
33.1
Definition 83. The foot of the perpendicular from a point a to a line l is the point b on
the line l that is closest to the point a. The distance between the point a and the line l is
the length of the line segment ab.
Distance
between
a and b
b
p
Note that the line ab must be perpendicular to the line l. Hence the name foot of the
perpendicular.
It is easier to remember how the proof of the following proposition works, than to try to
memorise the proposition itself:
Proposition 8. Given a point a and a line r = p +
v (for R),
2
2 (
v
) ; and
(a) The distance between the point and the line is
pa
pa
v
) v
.
(b) The foot of the perpendicular from the point to the line is the point p + (
pa
Proof. Let b be the foot of the perpendicular from the point to the line.
(a) Pick any known point on the line here the obvious choice is p. Consider the right and base of length
v
(refer
angled triangle bpa it has hypothenuse of length
pa
pa
Page 334, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
to the diagram above). Hence, by the Pythagorean Theorem, the length of line segment ab
(or the distance between the point a and the line l) is:
2
2 (
v
) , as desired.
pa
pa
v
away from the point p, heading in the direction pb.
pa
(b) The point b is a distance
v
pb. There are two possible cases to examine.
pa
Hence b = p +
v
v
v
and
> 0, so that
=
. Altogether then, = becomes b =
Then pb = v
pa
pa
pa
v
v
v
= p + (
) v
, as desired.
p +
pa
pa
v
v
v
=
. Altogether then, = becomes b =
< 0, so that
pa
pa
Then pb =
v and
pa
v
v
) (
) (
p + (
pa
v ) = p + (
pa
v), as desired.
On p. 938 in the Appendices (optional), I give another proof of the above Proposition using
calculus. The idea of this second proof will be illustrated in the last two examples of this
section.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 321. Consider the point a = (1, 2, 3) and the line r = (0, 1, 2) + (9, 1, 3) ( R).
= (1, 1, 1) and so
2 = 12 +12 +12 = 3.
Pick a point on the line say p = (0, 1, 2). We have
pa
pa
Also,
(1, 1, 1) (9, 1, 3)
13
v
=
pa
= .
91
92 + 12 + 32
2
v
) = 169/61. Hence, the length of the side is
pa
And so (
169
=
91
104
=
91
8
1.069.
7
b = (0, 1, 2) +
= (9, 8, 17) .
7
91
91
Not to scale.
a = (1, 2, 3)
Distance between
a and b is 1.069
l
b=
(9, 8, 17)
p = (0, 1, 2)
v
> 0.
Note that in this example, v and pb do point in the same direction and we have
pa
In contrast, in the next example, v and pb will point in opposite directions and we will
v
< 0.
have
pa
Page 336, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 322. Consider the point a = (1, 0, 1) and the line r = (3, 2, 1)+(5, 1, 2) ( R).
= (4, 2, 0) and so
2 = 42 +22 +02 =
Pick a point on the line say p = (3, 2, 1). We have
pa
pa
20. Also,
(4, 2, 0) (5, 1, 2)
22
v
=
pa
= .
30
52 + 12 + 22
v
< 0 and sure enough, v and pb point in the opposite directions.) So
(As noted,
pa
2
v
) = 484/30. Hence, the length of the side is
(
pa
20
484
=
30
116
=
30
58
2.823.
15
(10, 19, 7) .
=
b = (3, 2, 1)
15
30
30
Not to scale.
a = (-1, 0, 1)
Distance between
a and b is 2.823
l
b=
(-10, 9, -7)
p = (3, 2, 1)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 129. For each of the following, find (i) the distance between the given point a
and the given line l; and also (ii) the point b on the line that is closest to a. (a) The point
a = (7, 3, 4) and the line l described by r = (8, 3, 4) + (9, 3, 7). (b) The point a = (8, 0, 2)
and the line l described by r = (4, 4, 3) + (2, 7, 2). (c) The point a = (8, 5, 9) and the line l
described by r = (8, 4, 5) + (5, 6, 0). (Answers on pp. 1091, 1092, and 1093.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We now learn a second method for finding the foot of a perpendicular and hence the
distance of a point to a line. This second method involves calculus and finding the minimum
point. It also occasionally features on the A-level exams.
Example 323. Consider the point a = (1, 2, 3) and the line r = (0, 1, 2) + (9, 1, 3) ( R).
The distance between a and a generic point r on the line is
RRR
RRR 1 9
a r = RRRR
2 1+
RRR
RRR 3 2 + 3
=
R R
RRRR RRRR 1 9
RRRR = RRRR 1
RR RR
RRRR RRRR 1 3
R R
R
RRRR
RRRR
RR
RRRR
R
(1 9)2 + (1 )2 + (1 3)2 =
912 26 + 3.
To simplify matters, note that minimising 912 26 + 3 is the same as minimising 912
26 + 3. So we might as well look for the minimum point of 912 26 + 3. To this end:
d
set
(912 26 + 3) = 182 26 = 0
d
26 1
= .
182 7
Altogether then, the point b on the line l that is closest to the point a has parameter = 1/7.
So b = (0, 1, 2) + 1/7(9, 1, 3) = 1/7(9, 8, 17).
And the distance between a and l (or equivalently, the length of the line segment ab) is
912 26 + 3 =
1 2
1
91 ( ) 26 ( ) + 3 =
7
7
8
.
7
Of course, these are the same as what we found in Example 321 a few pages ago.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 324. Consider the point a = (1, 0, 1) and the line described by the vector
equation r = (3, 2, 1) + (5, 1, 2) ( R). The distance between a and a generic point r on
the line is
RRR
RRR 1 3 + 5
a r = RRRR
0
2+
RRR
RRR 1 1 + 2
=
R R
RRRR RRRR 4 5
RRRR = RRRR 2
RR RR
RRRR RRRR 2
R R
R
RRRR
RRRR
RR
RRRR
R
44 11
=
.
60
15
302 + 44 + 20 =
11 2
11
30 (
) + 44 (
) + 20 =
15
15
58
.
15
Of course, these are the same as what we found in Example 322 a few pages ago.
Exercise 130. For each of the following, use the second method (calculus) to find (i) the
distance between the given point a and the given line l; and also (ii) the point b on the
line that is closest to a. (a) The point a = (7, 3, 4) and the line l described by r = (8, 3, 4) +
(9, 3, 7). (b) The point a = (8, 0, 2) and the line l described by r = (4, 4, 3) + (2, 7, 2). (c)
The point a = (8, 5, 9) and the line l described by r = (8, 4, 5) + (5, 6, 0). (Answers on p.
1094.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
33.2
Distance
between
a and b
Plane
p
b
Proposition 9. Given a point a (with position vector a) and a plane given in Hessian
= d,
normal form r n
; and
(a) The distance between the point and the plane is d a n
) n
.
(b) The foot of the perpendicular from the point to the plane is the point a + (d a n
Proof. Let b be the foot of the perpendicular from the point to the line.
(a) Pick any point p on the plane. The length of the line segment ab and hence also the
on
distance between the point and the plane is simply the length of the projection of
ap
n
= (p a) n
= d a n
, as desired.
the planes normal vector, which is simply
ap
n
is pointing in the same direction as pb, then n
= ab. Moreover
=
Case #1 : If n
ap
> 0, so that d a n
= d a n
. Altogether then, = becomes b = a + (d a n
) n
, as
dan
desired.
n
and pb are pointing in opposite directions, then n
= ab. Moreover
= d
Case #2 : If n
ap
< 0, so that d a n
= (d a n
). Altogether then, = becomes b = a(d a n
) (
a n
n) =
) n
, as desired.
a + (d a n
Page 341, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 325. Consider the point a = (1, 2, 3) and the plane described by the vector
equation r (1, 1, 1) = 3.
Convert the vector equation of the plane to Hessian normal form:
3
1 1 1
r ( , , ) = = 3.
3 3 3
3
=
So n
3
= 2 3.
(1, 1, 1), d = 3, and a n
3
= 3 2 3 =
Altogether then, the distance between the point and the plane is d a n
) n
= (1, 2, 3) + ( 3 2 3)
a + (d a n
3
(1, 1, 1) = (0, 1, 2).
3
By the way, notice that in this example, n points in the opposite direction from ab. And
< 0.
n. And moreover, d a n
so ab =
a = (1, 2, 3)
Not to scale.
Plane
p = (0, 1, 2)
Distance
between
a and b
b = (0, 1, 2)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 326. Consider the point a = (0, 0, 0) and the plane described by the vector
equation r (1, 2, 3) = 32.
Convert the vector equation of the plane to Hessian normal form:
2
3
32
1
r ( , , ) = .
14 14 14
14
32
1
= 0.
= (1, 2, 3), d = , and a n
So n
14
14
32
= 0 =
Altogether then, the distance between the point and the plane is d a n
14
32
and the foot of the perpendicular is
14
32
1
16
) n
= (0, 0, 0) + ( 0) (1, 2, 3) = (1, 2, 3).
a + (d a n
7
14
14
By the way, notice that in this example, n points in the same direction as ab. And so
. And moreover, d a n
> 0.
ab = n
a = (0, 0, 0)
Not to scale.
Distance
between
a and b
Plane
p = (4, 5, 6)
b=
(1, 2, 3)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 131. For each of the following, find (i) the distance between the given point
a and the given plane P ; and also (ii) the point b on the line that is closest to a. (a)
a = (7, 3, 4), P r (9, 3, 7) = 109. (b) a = (8, 0, 2), P r (2, 7, 2) = 42. (c) a = (8, 5, 9),
P r (5, 6, 0) = 64. (Answers on pp. 1095, 1096, and 1097.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
34
34.1
Angles
Consider two lines on the 2D cartesian plane that are parallel (and thus either do not
intersect or are identical). We define the angle between them to be 0.
Now consider two lines that intersect (see diagram below). Taking their intersection point
to be the vertex, A and B are, respectively, the acute and obtuse angles between the two
lines. Of course, there is the possibility that the two lines are perpendicular, in which case
A and B are both right (i.e. equal to /2).
So when talking about the angle between two lines, there is some potential for confusion.
Are we talking about angle A or angle B?
By convention, the angle between two lines is the smaller angle. (Also, on the A-level
exams, they are usually quite careful to specifying that they want the acute angle, so that
there is no confusion.)
Page 345, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
If we have the direction vectors of the lines, then we can simply use what we learnt about
the scalar product to compute the angle between them.
Example 327. Consider the lines (on the 2D cartesian plane) r = (1, 3) + (2, 1) and
r = (1, 1) + (1, 3) ( R). The angle between their direction vectors v1 = (2, 1) and
v2 = (1, 3) is given by
= cos1 (
v1 v2
(2, 1) (1, 3)
5
) = cos1 (
) = cos1 ( ) 0.785.
v1 v2
(2, 1) (1, 3)
5 10
y 4
A = 0.785
Vector equation
r = (1, 3) + (2, 1)
2
x
0
-4
-2
Vector equation
r = (-1, -3) + (1, 3)
2
The vector (1, 3)
-2
A = 0.785
The vector (2, 1)
-4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 328. Consider the lines (on the 2D cartesian plane) r = (0, 0) + (2, 3) and
r = (1, 0) + (3, 1) ( R). The angle between their direction vectors v1 = (2, 3) and
v2 = (3, 1) is given by
= cos1 (
(2, 3) (3, 1)
3
v1 v2
) = cos1 (
) = cos1 ( ) 1.837.
v1 v2
(2, 3) (3, 1)
13 10
This is the obtuse angle between the two lines. So the acute angle between the two lines is
A = 1.837 = 1.305.
y 4
Vector equation
r = (0, 0) + (-2, 3)
2
A = 1.305
B = 1.837
x
0
-4
-2
A = 1.305
Vector equation
r = (1, 0) + (3, 1)
-2
-4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 329. Consider the lines (on the 2D cartesian plane) r = (2, 2) + (3, 3) and
r = (1, 1) + (1, 1) ( R). The angle between their direction vectors v1 = (3, 3) and
v2 = (1, 1) is given by
= cos1 (
(3, 3) (1, 1)
6
6
v1 v2
) = cos1 (
) = cos1 ( ) = cos1 ( ) = .
v1 v2
(3, 3) (1, 1)
6
18 2
So the two vectors are parallel. Which means that the two lines are parallel and so by
definition, the angle between the two lines is 0.
y 4
x
0
-4
-2
Vector equation
r = (2, -2) + (3, 3)
-2
Vector equation
r = (1, 1) + (-1, 1)
-4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 132. Find the acute angle between each of the following pairs of lines. (a)
r = (1, 2) + (1, 1) and r = (0, 0) + (2, 3) ( R). (b) r = (1, 2) + (1, 5) and
r = (0, 0) + (8, 1) ( R). (c) r = (1, 2) + (2, 6) and r = (0, 0) + (3, 2) ( R). (Answer
on p. 1098.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
34.2
Visualising lines in 3D space is difficult. Which is why we tackled the 2D case first.
It turns out that we compute angles between two lines in 3D space in exactly the same way
as in the 2D case.
1. If two lines are parallel, then again we define the angle between them to be 0.
2. If two lines intersect, then again we take their intersection point to be the vertex and
take the smaller angle formed to be the angle between the two lines.
On the 2D cartesian plane, the above were the only two possibilities two lines either are
parallel or intersect. In contrast, in 3D space, there is the third possibility that two lines
neither are parallel nor intersect! As well learn in section 35.1, any two lines that
neither are parallel nor intersect are called skew lines.
What is the angle between two skew lines, given that they do not intersect?
3. Given two skew lines, translate one of them so that they intersect. Examine the angle
between the two now-intersecting lines. This is defined to be the angle between the two
skew lines.
The next example illustrates.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 330. Below, the red line and pink line are skew lines, i.e., they neither intersect
nor are parallel. To find the angle between them, translate the red line upwards so that the
new red dotted line intersects the pink line at the purple dot. The angle A is then defined
to be the angle between the two skew lines.
2
1
x
1
1
2
3
z
So once again, given any two lines, the angle between them is simply the angle between
their direction vectors. So again the scalar product comes in handy.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 331. Consider the lines r = (0, 1, 2)+(9, 1, 3) and r = (4, 5, 6)+(3, 2, 1) ( R).
The angle between their direction vectors v1 = (9, 1, 3) and v2 = (3, 2, 1) is given by
= cos1 (
(9, 1, 3) (3, 2, 1)
32
v1 v2
) = cos1 (
) = cos1 ( ) 0.459.
v1 v2
(9, 1, 3) (3, 2, 1)
91 14
(0, 1, 0) (8, 3, 5)
3
v1 v2
) = cos1 (
) = cos1 ( ) 1.879.
v1 v2
(0, 1, 0) (8, 3, 5)
1 98
So the obtuse angle between the two lines is 1.879. And the angle between the two lines is
1.263.
Example 333. Consider the lines r = (1, 3, 3) + (1, 5, 3) and r = (7, 4, 7) + (7, 2, 1)
( R). The angle between their direction vectors v1 = (1, 5, 3) and v2 = (7, 2, 1). Thus,
= cos1 (
v1 v2
(1, 5, 3) (7, 2, 1)
) = cos1 (
) = cos1 (0) 0.5.
v1 v2
(1, 5, 3) (7, 2, 1)
So the two lines are perpendicular and the angle between them is right (i.e. /2).
Exercise 133. Find the angle between each of the following pairs of lines. (a) r = (1, 2, 3)+
(1, 1, 0) and r = (0, 0, 0) + (2, 3, 4) ( R). (b) r = (1, 2, 3) + (1, 5, 6) and r =
(0, 0, 0) + (8, 1, 1) ( R). (c) r = (1, 2, 3) + (2, 6, 7) and r = (0, 0, 0) + (3, 2, 1) ( R).
(Answer on p. 1098.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
34.3
Fact 38. The angle A between the line r = p + v and the plane r n = d is given by
A = sin1
vn
.
v n
Line
Line
is obtuse
is acute
A = 0.5
Plane
A = 0.5
Plane
Direction
vector of line
Direction
vector of line
Proof. Consider the angle between the lines direction vector and the planes normal
vn
.
vector. By the scalar product, we have cos =
v n
Case #1: If is acute or right, i.e. (0, /2], then the angle A between the line and the
plane is A = /2 (see figure). And so
vn
sin A = sin ( ) = sin ( ) cos sin cos ( ) = cos =
.
2
2
2
v n
Note that if (0, /2], then v n 0, so that v n = v n. Altogether, we indeed have
sin A =
vn
v n
or A = sin1
vn
.
v n
Case #2: If is obtuse or straight, i.e. (/2, ], then the angle A between the line and
the plane is A = 0.5 (see figure). And so
v n
sin A = sin ( ) = sin cos ( ) sin ( ) cos = cos =
.
2
2
2
v n
Note that if (/2, ], then v n < 0, so that v n = v n. Altogether, we indeed have
sin A =
vn
v n
or A = sin1
vn
.
v n
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 334. The angle between the line r = (0, 1, 2) + (9, 1, 3) ( R) and the plane
r (1, 1, 1) = 3 is
13
v
n
(9,
1,
3)
(1,
1,
1)
13
sin1
= sin1
= sin1 = sin1 0.906.
v n
(9, 1, 3) (1, 1, 1)
91 3
7 3
Example 335. The angle between the line r = (4, 2, 3) + (1, 0, 1) ( R) and the plane
r (1, 1, 1) = 5 is
sin1
(1, 0, 1) (1, 1, 0)
1
vn
= sin1
= sin1 = sin1 (1/2) = /6.
v n
(1, 0, 1) (1, 1, 0)
2 2
Example 336. The angle between the line r = (5, 5, 5) + (1, 0, 1) ( R) and the plane
r (0, 1, 0) = 3 is
sin1
(1, 0, 1) (0, 1, 0)
vn
= sin1
= sin1 0 = 0.
v n
(1, 0, 1) (0, 1, 0)
Exercise 134. Find the angle between the given line and plane. (a) r = (1, 2, 3) +
(1, 1, 0) ( R) and r (3, 4, 5) = 0. (b) r = (1, 2, 3) + (0, 2, 6) ( R) and r (1, 3, 5) = 2.
(c) r = (1, 2, 3) + (1, 9, 8) ( R) and r (2, 8, 2) = 3. (Answer on p. 1099.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
34.4
Given two planes P1 and P2 , the angle between them is simply the angle between any two
vectors v1 and v2 on the two planes.
n1
v2
n2
Angle between
the two planes
normal vectors
Angle between
the two planes
P2
v1
P1
But the normal vector n1 of the first plane is orthogonal to v1 ; similarly, the normal vector
n2 of the second plane is orthogonal to v2 . And so the angle between v1 and v2 is equal to
the angle between n1 and n2 .
Altogether then, the angle between two planes is simply the angle between their normal
vectors.
Again, there are two possible angles by convention, we take the smaller one.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 337. Consider the planes r (1, 1, 1) = 12 and r (1, 1, 0) = 1. The angle
between the two planes is:
= cos1 (
= cos1 (
n1 n2
)
n1 n2
(1, 1, 1) (1, 1, 0)
)
(1, 1, 1) (1, 1, 0)
2
2
= cos1 ( ) = cos1 ( )
3 2
6
2.526.
This is the obtuse angle. So the acute angle between the two planes is 2.526 = 0.615
radian.
Example 338. Consider the planes r (2, 1, 3) = 26 and r (3, 0, 5) = 25. The angle
between the two planes is
= cos1 (
= cos1 (
n1 n2
)
n1 n2
(2, 1, 3) (3, 0, 5)
)
(2, 1, 3) (3, 0, 5)
9
= cos1 ( ) 1.146.
14 34
Exercise 135. Find the angle between the two given planes. (a) r (1, 2, 3) = 1 and
r (3, 4, 5) = 2. (b) r (1, 2, 3) = 3 and r (5, 1, 1) = 4. (c) r (1, 1, 8) = 5 and r (3, 0, 10) = 6.
(Answer on p. 1100.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
35
Definition 85. Two lines are parallel if their direction vectors can be written as scalar
multiples of each other.
Example 339. The lines r = (0, 0, 0) + (0, 1, 0) and r = (4, 17, 0) + (1, 0, 0) ( R) are
not parallel, because (0, 1, 0) cannot be written as a scalar multiple of (1, 0, 0).
Example 340. The lines r = (8, 1, 1) + (3, 6, 9) and r = (4, 5, 6) + (1, 2, 3) ( R) are
parallel, because (3, 6, 9) = 3(1, 2, 3).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Definition 86. A set of points are coplanar if there is some plane that contains all of these
points.
Any two points are always coplanar indeed, they are collinear (p1 and p2 in the figure
below). Three points are also always coplanar, although they may not be collinear (p1 , p2 ,
and p3 in the figure below). But four points may not be coplanar (p1 , p2 , p3 , and p4 in the
figure below).
Line 2
Two points are coplanar. They
also lie on the same line.
p1
Plane
p3
p2
Line 1
p4
Definition 87. Two lines are coplanar if there is some plane on which both lie. Two lines
that are not coplanar are called skew lines.
Example 341. In the figure above, Line 1 and Line 2 are skew lines. Line 1 lies on the
plane illustrated. Line 2 cuts through the plane and does not intersect Line 1.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
How do we determine whether two lines l1 and l2 are coplanar or skew? Well,
1. If they are parallel, then obviously we can construct a plane that contains both lines.
And so the two lines are coplanar.
2. If they are not parallel and they lie on the same plane, then they must intersect. This
is just the familiar fact you learnt in primary school two non-parallel lines on the
plane must definitely intersect.
Altogether we conclude:
Fact 39. Two lines are coplanar if and only if they (i) are parallel; OR (ii) intersect.
Equivalently, two lines are skew if and only if they (i) are not parallel; AND (ii) do not
intersect.
Example 342. Consider the lines r = (8, 1, 1)+(3, 6, 9) and r = (4, 5, 6)+(1, 2, 3) ( R).
The direction vector of one can be written as the scalar multiple of the other, so they are
parallel. Hence, they are also coplanar; or equivalently, they are not skew.
Example 343. Consider the lines r = (0, 0, 0) + (0, 1, 0) and r = (4, 17, 0) + (1, 0, 0)
( R). The direction vector of one cannot be written as the scalar multiple of the
other, so they are not parallel. If they intersect, then there are reals and such that
(0, 0, 0) + (0, 1, 0) = (4, 17, 0) + (1, 0, 0), or
0 = 4 + , = 17, and 0 = 0.
= 17, = 4 solves the above equations. (What does this mean? This means that the
first line goes through the point (0, 0, 0) + (0, 1, 0) = (0, 17, 0) and the second line also goes
through the same point (4, 17, 0) + (1, 0, 0) = (0, 17, 0).)
The two lines intersect at (0, 17, 0). And so they are coplanar or equivalently, they are
not skew.
If wed like, we can easily find the plane on which these two lines lie. Remember: All
we need are two distinct vectors and a point to determine a plane. We already have two
distinct vectors, namely the direction vectors of the two lines. Using these, we can find
a normal vector for the plane namely (0, 1, 0) (1, 0, 0) = (0, 0, 1). Noting also that
the origin is on the first line and therefore on the plane, we conclude that the plane is
r (0, 0, 1) = 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 344. Consider the lines r = (0, 1, 2)+(9, 1, 3) and r = (4, 5, 6)+(3, 2, 1) ( R).
They are not parallel. Lets see if they have an intersection point. If they intersect, then
there are reals and such that (0, 1, 2) + (9, 1, 3) = (4, 5, 6) + (3, 2, 1), or
1
9 = 4 + 3, 1 + = 5 + 2, and 2 + 3 = 6 + .
3
Exercise 136. Determine whether each of the following pairs of lines is coplanar or skew.
If they are coplanar, find the plane that contains both of them. (a) r = (8, 1, 5) + (3, 2, 1)
and r = (1, 2, 3) + (5, 6, 7) ( R). (b) r = (0, 0, 6) + (3, 9, 0) and r = (1, 1, 1) + (1, 3, 0)
( R). (c) r = (6, 5, 5) + (1, 0, 1) and r = (8, 3, 6) + (0, 1, 1) ( R). (Answer on p. 1101.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
35.2
Definition 88. A line with direction vector v and a plane with normal vector n are parallel
if v n = 0 (i.e. v and n are perpendicular).
The above definition makes sense, because if the line is perpendicular to the planes normal
vector, then the line must be parallel to the plane itself.
Fact 40. Given a plane and a line, there are three possible cases (illustrated below):
1. The line and plane are parallel and do not intersect at all.
2. The line and plane are parallel and the line lies completely on the plane.
3. The line and plane are not parallel and intersect at exactly one point.
Line 1
Line 3
Plane
Line 2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 345. Consider the line r = (3, 5, 5)+(9, 1, 3) ( R) and the plane r(1, 1, 1) = 3.
We have (9, 1, 3) (1, 1, 1) = 13 0 and so they are not parallel.
They must therefore intersect at exactly one point. Lets find it.
Plug in a generic point of the line into the equation for the plane: [(3, 5, 5) + (9, 1, 3)]
(1, 1, 1) = 3 3 + 9 + 5 + + 5 + 3 = 3 13 + 13 = 3 = 10/13. So the
intersection point is (3, 5, 5) 10/13(9, 1, 3).
Example 346. Consider the line r = (3, 5, 5) + (9, 1, 3) ( R) and the plane r (1, 0, 3) =
6. We have (9, 1, 3) (1, 0, 3) = 0 and so they are parallel.
There are two possibilities. Either they do not intersect at all OR the line lie completely
on the plane.
The point (3, 5, 5) is on the line but is not on the plane, as we can easily verify (3, 5, 5)
(1, 0, 3) = 12 6. And so the line and plane do not intersect at all.
Example 347. Consider the line r = (3, 5, 3) + (9, 1, 3) ( R) and the plane r (1, 0, 3) =
6. We have (9, 1, 3) (1, 0, 3) = 0 and so they are parallel.
There are two possibilities. Either they do not intersect at all OR the line lie completely
on the plane.
The point (3, 5, 3) on the line is also on the plane: (3, 5, 3) (1, 0, 3) = 6. Since they are
parallel and share at least one intersection point, it must be that the line lies completely
on the plane.
Exercise 137. Determine whether the given line and plane are (i) parallel but do not
intersect; (ii) parallel with the line lying completely on the plane; or (iii) intersect at
exactly one point. (a) r = (4, 5, 6) + (2, 3, 5) ( R) and r (10, 0, 4) = 26. (b) r =
(5, 5, 6) + (2, 3, 5) ( R) and r (10, 0, 4) = 26. (c) r = (4, 5, 6) + (2, 3, 5) ( R) and
r (10, 0, 3) = 26. (Answer on p. 1102.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
35.3
Definition 89. Two planes are parallel if their normal vectors can be written as scalar
multiples of each other.
(Note that an alternative definition is this: Two planes are parallel if they do not intersect.
We will show that these two definitions are equivalent.)
Imagine that two planes intersect at some line, which well call the intersection line.
Since this intersection line is on both planes, it must also be perpendicular to the normal
vectors of both planes. In other words, it must have direction vector n1 n2 . The next
fact is thus not surprising (although actually proving it takes a little work).
Fact 41. Two non-parallel planes with normal vectors n1 and n2 intersect at all if and only
if they intersect along a line with direction vector n1 n2 (i.e. the line is perpendicular to
both n1 and n2 ).
Fact 42. Given two planes, there are three possible cases:
1. The two planes are parallel and exactly identical.
2. The two planes are parallel and do not intersect at all.
3. The two planes are not parallel and share an intersection line with direction vector
n1 n2 (where n1 , n2 are the normal vectors of the plane).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 348. In the figure below, planes P1 and P2 are parallel and do not intersect at
all. Planes P2 and P3 are not parallel and share an intersection line with direction vector
n2 n3 .
n2
P3
n3
P2
Intersection line
of P2 and P3
n2 n3
P1
Note that analogous to our study of two lines, if two planes are parallel, then either (i) they
do not intersect at all; or (ii) they are identical.
So if two planes are parallel and you can prove that they share at least one intersection
point, then it must be that the two planes are identical.
Conversely, if two planes are parallel and you can prove that there is at least one point
on one plane that is not on the other plane, then it must be that they do not intersect
at all.
And in the case where they are not parallel, to find the intersection line, simply find a point
p where the two planes intersect. Then the intersection line is simply r = p + (n1 n2 )
( R).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
7x + y + z = 42,
x + y + 2z = 6.
There are infinitely many points where the two planes intersect. So why not we look for an
intersection point where x = 0. Ill call this the plug in x = 0 trick.
2
In which case = minus = yields z = 36 and y = 78. Hence, the intersection line is r =
(0, 78, 36) + (1, 13, 6) ( R).
x + y + z = 12,
x y = 1.
2
Again, we can play the plug in x = 0 trick. In which case = says that y = 1 and now from
1
=, we have z = 11. And so (0, 1, 11) is an intersection point of the two planes. Hence, the
intersection line is r = (0, 1, 11) + (1, 1, 0) ( R).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
You can use the plug in x = 0 trick whenever the intersection line has direction vector
with a x-coordinate that is not equal to 0.
But the plug in x = 0 trick may not work if the intersection line has direction vector
with x-coordinate equal to 0.
y + 3z = 0,
x + y + 3z = 2.
Here the direction vector of the intersection line has x-coordinate 0. So the plug in x = 0
1
2
trick might not work. And indeed it doesnt, because if we plug in x = 0, then = and = are
contradictory.
So lets try the plug in y = 0 trick instead, which I know will work because the ycoordinate of the direction vector of the interesction line is non-zero (its 3). Then from
1
2
= we have z = 0 and now from = we have x = 2. And so (2, 0, 0) is an intersection point
of the two planes. Hence, the intersection line is r = (2, 0, 0) + (0, 3, 1) ( R).
Alternatively, we could also have used the plug in z = 0 trick instead, which again I
know will work because the z-coordinate of the direction vector of the interesction line is
1
2
non-zero (its 1). Then from = we have y = 0 and now from = we have x = 2. And so again
we find that (2, 0, 0) is an intersection point of the two planes. And so again we would
have concluded that the intersection line is r = (2, 0, 0) + (0, 3, 1) ( R).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 138. Determine whether the given pair of planes are parallel and identical, parallel and do not intersect, or are not parallel. If they are not parallel, determine also their
intersection line. (a) r(4, 9, 3) = 61 and r(1, 1, 2) = 19. (b) r(1, 1, 0) = 4 and r(1, 6, 8) = 60.
(c) r (4, 4, 8) = 56 and r (1, 1, 2) = 12. (d) r (4, 4, 8) = 48 and r (1, 1, 2) = 12. (Answer on
p. 1103.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
35.4
SYLLABUS ALERT
The relationship between three planes is included in the 9740 (old) syllabus, but not in the
9758 (revised) syllabus. So you can skip this section if youre taking 9758.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1. All 3 planes are parallel to each other. There are 3 possible sub-cases:
(a) All 3 planes are identical.
(b) Only 2 planes are identical.
(c) No 2 planes are identical.
P1 , P2 , P3
3 parallel,
identical planes
P3
P2
P3
P1
P1 , P2
3 parallel planes,
where P1 and P2
are identical
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
2. Two planes are parallel to each other, but the 3rd plane is not parallel to either
of the first 2 planes. There are 2 possible sub-cases:
(a) The first 2 planes are identical. And so here we are really back to the situation of
two non-parallel planes, which we already covered in detail in the previous section.
They intersect along a line.
(b) The first 2 planes are not identical. And so the non-parallel plane intersects each
of the other two planes along a separate line of intersection.
P3
P3
P2
P1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
3. No 2 planes are parallel. Each pair of planes intersects along a line. There are thus
three intersection lines (though possibly some may be identical). It is possible to prove
(but we wont do so in this book) that there are only 3 possible sub-cases:
(a) None of the intersection lines intersect with each other. That is, each pair of planes
simply intersects along some distinct intersection line.
(b) All 3 intersection lines are identical. So all 3 planes intersect along the same intersection line.
(c) The 3 intersection lines and thus all 3 planes intersect at a single point.
To determine which of the above sub-cases were in, we must determine the relation between
each pair of intersection lines. This is tedious, but nothing new.
P3
P1
P1
P3
P1
P2
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 139. What is the relationship between the 3 planes P1 , P2 , and P3 , given by
r (1, 0, 1) = 1, r (0, 1, 1) = 1, and r (1, 1, 0) = 2? (Answer on p. 1104.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Part IV
Complex Numbers
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
36
Well start by defining the imaginary unit, then work our way to complex numbers.
Definition 90. The imaginary unit, denoted i, is a number that satisfies i2 = 1.
Using the imaginary unit, we can construct other purely imaginary numbers:
Definition 91. A purely imaginary number is any real, non-zero multiple of the imaginary
unit. That is, a purely imaginary number is any bi, where b R with b 0.
(We specify that b 0 because 0i = 0 is not a purely imaginary number, but a real number.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The set of reals is a proper subset of the set of complex numbers formally,
Fact 43. R C.
Proof. Every element a R can be written as a + 0i and is thus an element of C. So R is a
subset of C. Moreover R is not equal to C, because for example 3 + 7i C but 3 + 7i R.
Altogether then, R is a proper subset of C.
Complex numbers are thus the extension of the concept of real numbers. On the next page
is a modified version of our taxonomy of numbers from p. 39, with the complex numbers
fleshed out:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Complex Numbers
Real Numbers
Impure Imaginary
Numbers
Imaginary Numbers
Purely Imaginary
Numbers
The Imaginary Unit
Exercise 140. Fill in the following table. The first column has been done for you. (Answer
on p. 1105.)
Is this ...
13 2i
A complex number?
Yes
A real number?
No
An imaginary number?
Yes
A purely imaginary number?
No
The imaginary unit?
No
3i 0 4 4 + 2i i
3
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
36.1
Definition 95. Given a complex number z = a + bi, its real part is a and is denoted Re(z).
Similarly, its imaginary part is b and is denoted Im(z).
Exercise 141. Exactly two of the following complex numbers are identical. Find out which
two. (Answer on p. 1105.)
1
2
a=
i,
2
2
3
1
b = i,
2
2
c = sin sin i,
3
3
d=
cos ( ) i.
2
4
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
37
The familiar arithmetic operations work the same way on imaginary numbers as they do
on real numbers. Addition and subtraction are especially simple.
37.1
In general,
Fact 44. If z = (a, b) and w = (c, d), then
z + w = (a + c, b + d),
z w = (a c, b d).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
37.2
Multiplication
Below are listed the powers of i. Note that the cycle repeats after every fourth power,
because i4 = 1.
i = i,
i2 = i i = 1,
i3 = i i2 = i,
i4 = i i3 = 1,
i5 = i i4 = i,
i6 = i i = 1,
i7 = i i2 = i,
i8 = i i3 = 1,
i9 = i i8 = i,
i10 = i i = 1,
i11 = i i2 = i,
i12 = i i3 = 1,
etc.
Example 369. Let z = i and w = 1 + i. Then zw = i (1 + i) = i 1 + i i = i 1.
Example 370. Let z = 2 + i and w = 3i. Then
zw = (2 + i) (3i) = (2) (3i) + i (3i)
= 6i + 3i2 = 6i + 3(1) = 3 6i.
Example 371. Let z = 2 i and w = 1 + i. Then
zw = (2 i)(1 + i) = 2 + 2i + i i2
= 2 + 3i i2 = 2 + 3i (1) = 1 + 3i.
Example 372. Let z = 3 + 2i and w = 7 + 4i. Then
zw = (3 + 2i)(7 + 4i) = 21 + 12i 14i + (2i)(4i)
= 21 2i + 8i2 = 21 2i + 8 (1) = 29 2i.
In general,
Fact 45. If z = (a, b) and w = (c, d), then
zw = (ac bd, ad + bc) .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
37.3
Division
Recall that to rationalise a surd in the denominator (section 5.2), we used a trick involving
conjugate pairs.
Example 373.
(
(1
3
3
5)
5 1)
3
3
1 5
=
=
=
.
15
4
1+ 5 1+ 5 1 5
1i
1
1
1i
1i
=
= 2 2=
= 0.5 0.5i.
1+i 1+i 1i 1 i
1+1
1 1 i i i
=
=
=
= i.
i i i i2 1
(b)
(c)
1
1
1+i
1+i
1+i
=
= 2 2=
= 0.5 + 0.5i.
1i 1i 1+i 1 i
1+1
In general,
Fact 46. If z = (a, b), then
z = (a, b),
zz = a + b ,
1 1 z
z
a
b
= = 2 2 = ( 2 2, 2 2).
z z z
a +b
a +b a +b
Exercise 146. For each of the following z, write down its conjugate z and hence compute
its reciprocal (i.e. 1/z). (a) z = 5 + 2i. (b) z = 3 i. (c) z = 1 + 2i. (Answer on p. 1106.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
(b)
2 + i 2 + i 3i 6i 3i2 6i + 3
=
=
=
.
3i
3i
3i
9i2
9
3 + i 3 + i 1 + i (3 + i)(1 + i) 3 + 3i + i + i2 2 + 4i
=
=
=
=
= 1 + 2i.
1i 1i 1+i
12 i2
1+1
2
(c)
1+i
1 + i 3 + 2i 3 + 2i + 3i + 2i2 1 + 5i
=
=
=
.
3 2i 3 2i 3 + 2i
9+4
13
(d)
2 i 1 i 2 2i + i + i2 3 i
2i
=
=
=
= 1.5 0.5i.
1 + i 1 + i 1 i
1+1
2
(e)
3 + 2i
3 + 2i 7 4i 21 12i 14i 8i2 13 26i
=
=
=
= 0.2 0.4i.
7 + 4i 7 + 4i 7 4i
49 + 16
65
(f)
=
=
.
2 + i
2 + i 2 i
22 2 i 2
4 + 2
In general,
Fact 47. If z = (a, b) and w = (c, d) with w 0, then
z z w
zw
ac + bd bc ad
= = 2
=
(
,
).
w w w
c + d2
c2 + d2 c2 + d2
Exercise 147. Rewrite each of the following fractions into the form a + bi. (a)
2 3i
11 + 2i
2 i
3
7 2i
. (d)
. (c)
. (e)
. (f)
. (Answer on p. 1107.)
1+i
i
2+i
5+i
3 2i
1 + 3i
. (b)
i
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
38
38.1
b2 4ac
.
2a
b2 4ac 3 1
=
= 1, 2.
2a
2
Now, armed with our new concept of imaginary numbers, we can completely dispense with
the requirement that b2 4ac 0. We can simply say that ax2 + bx + c = 0 ALWAYS has
complex roots, given by
x=
b2 4ac
.
2a
Example 377. Consider the equation x2 2x+2 = 0. Its discriminant is negative: b2 4ac =
(2)2 4(1)(2) = 4 < 0. It has two imaginary (and thus also complex) roots, given by
x=
b2 4ac 2 4
4 1
2i
=
=1
= 1 = 1 i.
2a
2
2
2
Notice that 1 + i was a root to the given quadratic equation. And interestingly enough, so
too was 1 i.
It turns out that in general, a quadratic equation with real coefficients has roots that come
in conjugate pairs. That is, if x + yi is a root, then so too is its conjugate x yi. 40 More
examples:
40
This is not terribly surprising if you examine the general solution for the quadratic equation the b2 4ac bit corresponds precisely to the imaginary part.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 378. Consider the equation 3x2 +x+1 = 0. Its discriminant is negative: b2 4ac =
(1)2 4(3)(1) = 11 < 0. It has two imaginary (and thus also complex) roots, given by
x=
b2 4ac 1 11
11 1
11
1
1
=
=
=
i.
2a
6
6
6
6
6
Exercise 148. Find the roots for each of the following quadratic equations. (a) x2 +x+1 = 0.
(b) x2 + 2x + 2 = 0. (c) 3x2 + 3x + 1 = 0. (Answer on p. 1108.)
Exercise 149. If 1 i is a root to the quadratic equation x2 + bx + c = 0 (where b and c are
both real), then what are b and c? (Answer on p. 1108.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
38.2
Example 383. x3 6x2 + 12x 8 = 0 has three (repeated) solutions, namely 2, 2, and 2.
We call 2 a multiple root (indeed a triple root).
41
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra can be useful even if we have no idea how to find
the solutions to an equation.
Example 384. x17 + 3x4 2x + 1 is a polynomial of degree 17. I may not know what the
solutions to x17 + 3x4 2x + 1 = 0 are, but I know from the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra
that there MUST be 17 solutions (though some may possibly be repeated).
+x 6
+x
+0 6
+0 6
0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x=
22 4(1)(5)
= 1 1 5 = 1 4 = 1 2i.
2
Altogether then,
x3 3x2 5x 25i = (x 5) (x2 + 2x + 5) = (x 5) [x (1 + 2i)] [x (1 2i)] .
So the three zeros of the polynomial are 5 and 1 2i.
Exercise 150. Each of the following polynomials has 1 as a zero. Find the other zeros.
(a) x3 + x2 2. (b) x4 x2 2x + 2. (Answer on p. 1109.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
38.3
2
2
2
2
Example 390.
+
i solves x2 = i. However, its conjugate
Exercise 151. Each of the following polynomials has 2 3i as a zero. Find the other zeros.
(a) x4 6x3 + 18x2 14x 39. (b) 2x4 + 21x3 93x2 + 229x 195. (Answer on p. 1110.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
39
The complex plane (or Argand diagram) gives us a nice geometric interpretation: The
complex numbers are simply points on the plane. The real axis is the horizontal
or x-axis. The imaginary axis is the vertical or y-axis.
Example 392. In the figure below, marked in red are the real numbers 3, 0, , and 2,
which may be written in ordered pair notation as (3, 0), (0, 0), (, 0), (2, 0). Points on
the horizontal axis are real numbers.
In blue are the purely imaginary numbers 4i and 3i, which may be written in ordered pair
notation as (0, 4) and (0, 3). Points on the vertical axis are purely imaginary numbers.
In green are the impure imaginary numbers 1 + i, 3 + 2i, 1 3i, and 4 i, which may
be written in ordered pair notation as (1, 1), (3, 2), (1, 3), and (4, 1). Points not on
either axis are impure imaginary numbers.
4
3
2
1
x
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
For our purposes, well regard the complex plane C as being exactly identical to the cartesian
plane {(x, y) x R, y R}. Both are represented graphically as a two-dimensional plane.
The only difference is that we interpret points on each plane differently: Points on the
complex plane are complex numbers, while points on the cartesian plane are ordered pairs
of real numbers.42
Exercise 152. Illustrate the complex numbers 1, 3, 2i, 1 + 2i, and 1 3i on a single
Argand diagram. (Answer on p. 1111.)
42
The differences between C and R2 in fact run deeper. See e.g. this discussion..
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
39.1
To write a complex number in standard form i.e. z = x + iy, we need only two pieces
of information: its real part (x) and its imaginary part (y).
We now write a complex number in polar form. Again, we need only two pieces of
information: the modulus, denoted z, and the argument, denoted arg z. Informally, the
modulus is the length of the position vector of z; the argument is the angle the position
vector of z makes with the positive x-axis.
Example 393. The complex number 3 = (3, 0) has modulus 3 = 3 and argument
arg 3 = . The complex number 4i = (0, 4) has modulus 4i = 4 and argument
arg
(4i) =
2
2
/2. The complex number 3 + 3i = (3, 3), has modulus 3 + 3i = 3 + 3 = 3 2 and
argument arg(3 + 3i) = /4.
4
3 + 3i = (3, 3)
3
2
1
-3 = (-3, 0)
x
0
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
In contrast, it is tricky to write down a formal definition of the argument function. One
problem is this: Angles are periodic.
Example 394. Consider again the complex number 3 + 3i = (3, 3). The angle it makes
with the positive x-axis is /4.
But angles are periodic. Equivalently, angles come full circle 2 radians. So it would make
just as much sense to say that the angle is 9/4. Or 17/4. Or 7/4. Or indeed any
/4 + 2k, where k is any inteer.
To overcome this problem, we shall somewhat arbitrarily choose (, ] as our principal
values. Thus, arg(3 + 3i) shall be uniquely defined to be the value /4 and nothing else.
Another problem is this: We are tempted to simply define arg(x + yi) = tan1 (y/x). Unfortunately, the tan1 function has codomain ge (/2, /2). Whereas, as we just decided,
arg should have codomain (, ]. To overcome this, altogether, the argument function is
defined as follows:
Definition 97. The argument function has domain C, codomain (, ], and mapping
rule as given below:
tan1 (y/x) ,
Undefined,
/2,
arg z =
/2,
tan1 (y/x) + ,
tan (y/x) ,
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
y
arg z =
arg z =
x
arg z =
If x > 0 (top-right and bottom-right quadrants), then define arg(x + yi) = tan1 (y/x).
The green point in the figure above illustrates. The angle that the position vector of the
green (x, y) makes with the positive x-axis is indeed simply tan1 (y/x).
If x = 0, y = 0 (the origin), then arg(x + yi) is undefined. In other words, we leave arg 0
undefined.43
If x = 0, y > 0 (positive vertical axis), then define arg(x + yi) = arg(yi) = /2.
If x = 0, y < 0 (negative vertical axis), then define arg(x + yi) = arg(yi) = /2.
If x < 0, y 0 (top-left quadrant plus the negative horizontal axis), then define arg(x +
yi) = tan1 (y/x) + .
The red point illustrates. The angle its position vector makes with the negative x-axis
is tan1 (y/x). And so arg(x + yi) = tan1 (y/x). Observe that tan1 (y/x) =
tan1 (y/ x) = tan1 (y/x). Thus, arg(x + yi) = tan1 (y/x) = tan1 (y/x) + .
If x < 0, y < 0 (bottom-left quadrant), then define arg(x + yi) = tan1 (y/x) .
The blue point illustrates. The angle its position vector makes with the negative x-axis is
tan1 (y/x). And so arg(x + yi) = tan1 (y/x) . Observe that (y/x) = (y/ x) =
(y/x). Thus, arg(x + yi) = tan1 (y/x) = tan1 (y/x) .
43
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 153. Compute the modulus and argument of 4, 3, 2i, 1+2i, and 13i. Illustrate
these numbers and their arguments on a single Argand diagram. (Answer on p. 1112.)
Exercise 154. Where on the complex plane must a complex number be, if its argument is
... (a) Positive? (b) Negative? (c) 0? (d) ? (e) ? (f) > ? (g) < ? (Answer on p.
2
2
2
2
1113.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Armed with the modulus and the argument, we have a nice geometric interpretation:
Fact 49. Let z be a complex number with z = r and arg z = . Then z = r (cos + i sin ).
We call r (cos + i sin ) the polar form representation of z.
y
z = r (cos + i sin ) = (r cos , r sin )
r
r sin
x
r cos
2
2
3
Example 396. For z = 1 + 3i = (1, 3), z = 12 + 32 = 10 and arg z tan1 1.249. So in
1
7
Example 397. For z = 4 + 7i = (4, 7), z = (4)2 + 72 = 65 and arg z = tan1
+
4
Exercise 155. Rewrite each of the following complex numbers in polar form: 1, 3, 2i,
1 + 2i, and 1 3i. (Answer on p. 1113.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
39.2
Fact 50. Let z be a complex number with z = r and arg z = . Then z = rei .
2
Example 398. The number z = 5 2i = (5, 2) has modulus 52 + (2) = 29 and
2 + 32 =
Example 399. The number z = 1 + 3i = (1, 3) has
modulus
1
10 and argument
i(1.249)
1
tan (3/1) 1.249. Hence, we can also write z = 10e
.
Exercise 156. Rewrite each of the following complex numbers in exponential form: 1, 3,
2i, 1 + 2i, and 1 3i. (Answer on p. 1113.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
40
Now that we know how to write complex numbers in polar and exponential forms, the
arithmetic of complex numbers becomes even easier.
40.1
Fact 51. Product of two complex numbers. Let z and w be complex numbers. Then
zw = z w ,
and
Here is an alternative quicker proof of the above fact, using the exponential form.
Proof. Let z = rei and w = sei . Then zw = rsei(+) . This is the complex number with
modulus rs and which makes an angle + with the positive x-axis.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
2
z = 52 + (2) = 29, and arg z = tan1 (2/5),
w = 12 + 32 = 10,
and arg w = tan1 (3/1),
zw = 29 10 = 290, and
arg (zw) = tan1 (2/5) + tan1 (3/1) + 2k 0.869 + 2k = 0.869 (k = 0).
Notice that here arg z + arg w 0.869 (, ]. So arg z + arg w is already a principal
value and we can simply set k = 0 or arg(zw) = arg z + arg w.
2
3
290 cos [tan1
+ tan1 ] = 11,
5
1
and
2
3
290 sin [tan1
+ tan1 ] = 13.
5
1
(4)2 + 72 =
65, and
zw = 65 37 = 2405, and
arg (zw) = tan1 [7/ (4)] + + tan1 (6/1) + 2k 0.684 + 2k = 0.684 (k = 0).
Notice that here arg z + arg w 0.684 (, ]. So arg z + arg w is already a principal
value and we can simply set k = 0 or arg(zw) = arg z + arg w.
7
6
2405 cos [tan1
+ + tan1 ] = 38,
4
1
and
7
6
2405 sin [tan1
+ + tan1 ] = 31.
4
1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
(3)2 + 42 = 5,
and arg z = tan1 [4/ (3)] + ,
zw = 5 29,
arg (zw) = (tan1
and
2
4
+ ) + (tan1
+ ) + 2k 4.975 + 2k = 1.308 (k = 1).
3
5
2
2
4
4
5 29 cos [tan1
+ + tan1 ] = 7 and 5 29 sin [tan1
+ + tan1 ] 26.
3
5
3
5
And indeed zw = (3 + 4i)(5 + 2i) = 7 26i.
Exercise 157. Write down zw in polar and exponential forms, for each of the following
pair of z and w. (a) z = 1, w = 3. (b) z = 2i, w = 1 + 2i. (c) z = 1 3i, w = 3 + 4i. (Answer
on p. 1114.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
40.2
Fact 52. Ratio of two complex numbers. Let z and w be complex numbers. Then
z
z
=
,
w w
and
arg
z
= arg z arg w + 2k,
w
r
[cos ( ) + i sin ( )] .
s
This is the complex number with modulus r/s and argument + 2k (where k is the
unique integer such that + 2k (, ]).
Here is an alternative quicker proof of the above fact, using the exponential form.
Proof. Let z = rei and w = sei . Then z/w = ei() (r/s). This is the complex number
with modulus r/s and argument + 2k (where k is the unique integer such that
+ 2k (, ]).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
29,
arg z = tan1
z
= 2.9,
w
zw
2
,
5
w =
3
arg w = tan1 .
1
10,
2
3
z
tan1 + 2k 1.630 (k = 0).
arg ( ) = tan1
w
5
1
z
=
w
65,
arg z = tan1
7
+ ,
4
w =
37,
arg w = tan1
6
.
1
z
65
7
6
, arg ( ) = tan1 +tan1 +2k 3.496+2k 2.788 (k = 1).
37
w
4
1
z
65
65 i(2.788)
w
37
37
z
5
= ,
w
29
arg z = tan1
4
+ ,
3
w =
29,
arg w = tan1
2
+ .
5
z
4
2
arg ( ) = tan1
tan1
+ 2k 0.547 + 2k = 0.547 (k = 0).
w
3
5
z
5
5
[cos (0.547) + i sin (0.547)] = ei(0.547) .
w
29
29
z
in polar and exponential forms, for each of the following
w
pairs of z and w. (a) z = 1, w = 3. (b) z = 2i, w = 1 + 2i. (c) z = 1 3i, w = 3 + 4i. (Answer
on p. 1114.)
Exercise 158. Write down
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
40.3
Fact 53 expresses the sine and cosine functions as weighted sums of the exponential functions. It is not in the syllabus, but made a sudden first-time appearance on the 2015 A-level
exams (Exercise 356), just to screw students over.
ei + ei
ei ei
and sin =
.
2
2i
Proof. By the Euler Formula, ei = cos +i sin . Moreover, ei = cos ()+i sin () = cos
i sin , where the second equality uses the properties cos x = cos(x) and sin(x) = sin x.
Hence,
The 2015 question was about the sum (or difference) of two complex numbers that
have the same modulus. Heres a similar example:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 407. Let z = 5ei and w = 5e0.4i . What, exactly, are the modulus and arguments
of z + w and z w?
Without the above fact, its not obvious. With the above fact, its easy. First, observe that
0.7 is the average of 1 and 0.4. Then factorise 5ei + 5e0.4i into a form where we can exploit
the above fact. Like so:
z + w = 5ei + 5e0.4i = 5e0.7i (e0.3i + e0.3i ) = 5e0.7i 2 cos(0.3),
where the last = uses Fact 53. And thus:
arg (z + w) = arg [5e0.7i 2 cos(0.3)]
= arg 5 + arg (e0.7i ) + arg 2 + arg [cos(0.3)] + 2k
= 0 + 0.7 + 0 + 0 + 2k = 0.7 (k = 0).
z + w = 5e0.7i 2 cos(0.3) = 5 e0.7i 2 cos(0.3)
= 5 1 2 cos(0.3) = 10 cos(0.3).
Altogether then, z + w = 10 cos(0.3)ei(0.7) .
We can play a similar trick to figure out the modulus and argument of z w:
z w = 5ei 5e0.4i = 5e0.7i (e0.3i e0.3i ) = 5e0.7i 2i sin(0.3).
where again the last = uses Fact 53. And thus:
arg (z w) = arg [5e0.7i 2i sin(0.3)]
= arg 5 + arg (e0.7i ) + arg 2 + arg i + arg [sin(0.3)] + 2k
= 0 + 0.7 + 0 + 0.5 + 0 + 2k = 0.8 (k = 1),
z w = 5e0.7i 2i sin(0.3) = 5 e0.7i 2 i sin(0.3)
= 5 1 2 1 sin(0.3) = 10 sin(0.3).
Altogether then, z w = 10 sin(0.3)ei(0.8) .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
In general,
Fact 54.
ei + ei = 2 cos
i( + +2k)
e 2
2
and
ei ei = 2 sin
i( ++ +2m)
e 2
,
2
Exercise 159. Let z = 3ei(0.2) and w = 3ei(0.9) . By mimicking the steps in Example 407,
find z + w and z w in exact polar and exponential forms. (Answer on p. 1115.)
SYLLABUS ALERT
If youre taking the 9758 (revised) exam, you are done with Part IV: Complex Numbers.
The remaining chapters in Part IV covers the following, which are on the 9740 (old) syllabus
but not on the 9758 (revised) syllabus:
geometrical effects of conjugating a complex number and of adding, subtracting, multiplying, dividing two complex numbers
loci such as z c r, z a z b and arg (z a) =
use of de Moivres theorem to find the powers and nth roots of a complex number.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
41
In secondary school, we learnt to do some geometry using cartesian equations. And in Part
III (Vectors), we learnt to do some geometry using vector equations. Now, well learn to
do some geometry using complex equations!
41.1
Given two complex numbers z = x + iy and w = a + ib, their sum is simply the complex
number z + w = (x + a) + (y + b)i.
We already know how to interpret z = (x, y) and w = (a, b) as points on the plane. This
gives us a nice geometric interpretation: z +w = (x+a, y +b) is likewise a point on the plane.
We can also interpret z = (x, y) and w = (a, b) as position vectors. And thus as usual, the
sum of two vectors is itself a vector: z + w = (x + a, y + b).
z + w = (x + a, y + b)
z = (x, y)
z+w
w = (a, b)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Similarly, their difference z w is simply the point (x a, y b). This corresponds to the
vector z w = (x a)i + (y b)j.
z = (x, y)
z - w = (x - a, y - b)
z-w
w = (a, b)
x
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
41.2
With sums and differences, there was an exact analogy to vectors. In contrast, with products
and ratios of complex numbers, there is no analogy to vectors. In particular, the
product of two complex numbers has nothing to do with the scalar product or vector
product of their position vectors.
Nonetheless, we do have nice geometric interpretations. We already know from Fact 51
that the product of two complex numbers z and w is simply the complex number zw with
1. zw = z w; and
2. arg (zw) = arg z + arg w + 2k, where k = 1, 0, 1 ensures that arg z + arg w + 2k (, ].
So geometrically, to get zw, we take z and
1. First multiply its length by a factor equal to the length of w;
2. Then rotate it anti-clockwise by the angle arg w.
y
zw = (ac - bd, ad + bc)
z = (a, b)
w = (c, d)
x
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Similarly, we already know from Fact 51 that the ratio of complex numbers z to w is simply
the complex number z/w with
1. z/w = z / w; and
2. arg (z/w) = arg z arg w +2k, where k = 1, 0, 1 ensures that arg z arg w +2k (, ].
So geometrically, to get z/w, we take z and
1. First compress its length by a factor equal to the length of w;
2. Then rotate it anti-clockwise by the angle arg w. (Or equivalently, clockwise by the
angle arg w.)
z = (a, b)
w = (c, d)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
41.3
and
z = (x, y)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
42
A locus (plural: loci) is a set of points that satisfy some condition (or conditions). Weve
actually already encountered plenty of loci in Part I (Functions and Graphs), so this is
nothing new. This chapter reviews loci involving cartesian equations (and inequalities).
The goal is to prepare you for the next chapter, where we look at loci involving complex
equations (and inequalities).
42.1
Circles
Example 408. {(x, y) x2 + y 2 = 1} is the set of all points (x, y) in the cartesian plane that
satisfy the condition x2 + y 2 = 1. Graphically, this locus describes describing the unit circle
centred on the origin. (To be clear, it includes only the circumference of the circle.)
{(x, y): x2 + y2 = 1}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 409. The locus {(x, y) x2 + y 2 1} describes the entire interior of the unit circle
centred on the origin, including the circumference of the circle.
{(x, y):
x2
y2
1}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 410. The locus {(x, y) x2 + y 2 < 1} describes the entire interior of the unit circle
centred on the origin, excluding the circumference of the circle.
{(x, y):
x2
y2
< 1}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 411. The locus {(x, y) x2 + y 2 1} describes everything outside the unit circle
centred on the origin, including the circumference of the circle.
{(x, y): x2 + y2 1}
x
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 412. The locus {(x, y) x2 + y 2 > 1} describes everything outside the unit circle
centred on the origin, excluding the circumference of the circle.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
42.2
Lines
{(x, y): y = x}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 414. The locus {(x, y) y x} describes the set of all points under the line
y = x, including the line itself. It contains literally half the plane, so we call this a halfplane. We can also specify that this is a closed half-plane the word closed means that
it includes also the line y = x.
Graphically, the locus {(x, y) y < x} describes the set of all points under the line y = x,
excluding the line itself. This is an open half-plane. The word open means that it
excludes the line y = x.
y
y
{(x, y): y x }
Example 415. Graphically, the locus {(x, y) y x} describes the set of all points above
the line y = x, including the line itself. Again, this is a closed half-plane.
Graphically, the locus {(x, y) y > x} describes the set of all points above the line y = x,
but excluding the line itself. Again, this is an open half-plane.
y
{(x, y): y x}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The locus of points that are equidistant to two points is simply a line.
Example 416. Let (a, b) and (c, d) be points. The locus of points that are equidistant to
(a, b) and (c, d) is the line illustrated below. This is because if you pick any point (e.g. P )
on the line, it is indeed equidistant to (a, b) and (c, d). And if you pick any point (e.g. Q)
not on the line, it must be either closer to (a, b) or closer to (c, d) in this case, Q is
closer to (a, b) than to (c, d).
y
P
Any point on the
line is equidistant
to the two points.
(a, b)
x
(c, d)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Let (a, b) and (c, d) be points. We now prove that the locus {(x, y) (x a, y b) =
(x c, y d)} simply describes a line:
(x a, y b) = (x c, y d)
(x a)2 + (y b)2 = (x c)2 + (y d)2
x2 2ax + a2 + y 2 2by + b2 = x2 2cx + c2 + y 2 2dy + d2
2ax + a2 2by + b2 = 2cx + c2 2dy + d2
Exercise 162. (a) Find the cartesian equation of the line that is equidistant to the points
(1, 4) and (5, 0).
(b) Describe in words the set {(x, y) (x 17, y 3) = (x + 2, y + 11)}. Then rewrite the
cartesian equation (x 17, y 3) = (x + 2, y + 11) into the form ay + bx + c = 0. (Answer
on p. 1120.)
44
If wed like, we can further simplify this equation. If d b 0, then it can be rewritten as
y=
c2 + d2 (a2 + b2 )
ac
x+
.
db
2(d b)
x=
c2 + d2 (a2 + b2 )
2(c a)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
42.3
2
2
2 2
{(x, y) x2 + y 2 = 1, y = x} = {(
,
),(
,
)}.
2
2
2 2
{(x, y): y = x}
{(x, y): x2 + y2 = 1}
{(x, y): y = x, x2 + y2 = 1}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 418. {(x, y) x2 + y 2 1, y = x} is the portion of the line y = x that is within the
interior of the circle, including the endpoints. It is illustrated in green in the figure below.
{(x, y): y = x}
{(x, y): x2 + y2 1}
{(x, y): y = x, x2 + y2 1}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 419. The locus {(x, y) x2 + y 2 > 1, y > x} describes the region above both the
circle x2 + y 2 = 1 and y = x, excluding the circumference of the circle and the line. It is
illustrated in green in the figure below.
{(x, y): y = x}
x
{(x, y): x2 + y2 = 1}
Exercise 163. Sketch on a cartesian plane the locus {(x, y) x2 + y 2 = 1, x > 0}. (Answer
on p. 1121.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
43
Circles
On an Argand diagram (or complex plane), the locus {z C z = 1} simply describes the
unit circle centred on the origin, as we now prove:
y
{z : |z | = 1} = {(x, y): x2 + y2 = 1}
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 164. (a) Prove that the locus {z C z = r} describes the circle of radius r
centred on the origin.
(b) Let c be some fixed complex number. Prove that the locus {z C z c = r} is the
circle of radius r centred on the point c.
(c) What does the locus {z C z c r} describe?
(d) What does the locus {z C z c < r} describe? (Answer on p. 1122.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
43.2
Lines
Let b and c be fixed complex numbers. The equation z c = z b is simply the condition
that z is equidistant to b and c.
Hence, the locus {z C z c = z b} simply describes the points that are equidistant to
b and c. And as we showed earlier, such a locus is simply a line.
y
d
Any point on the
line is equidistant
to the two points.
b
x
c
{z : |z b | = |z c |}
Exercise 165. Let b and c be fixed complex numbers. What is the locus of complex
numbers z that satisfy each of the following inequalities? (a) z c z b. (b) z c <
z b. (c) z c z b. (d)z c > z b. (Answer on p. 1122.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
43.3
Rays
The locus {z C arg z = } describes the set of points z whose argument is . It is thus
the ray (or half-line) which starts from but excludes the origin and which makes an angle
with the positive x-axis. The figure below illustrates.
The point A is in the locus, because indeed arg A = . In contrast, the point B is not in
the locus, because its argument is not arg B .
Note importantly that points along the dotted red ray, such as C, are not in the locus,
because arg C = .
Moreover, the origin is not in the locus, because arg 0 is undefined.
{z : arg z = }
x
C
If we really wanted to, we could rewrite the complex equation arg z = into cartesian form.
But it turns out that in this case, the cartesian form is more complicated. And so well
just stick with the equation arg z = .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Let a be a complex number. Then the graph of arg (z a) = is simply the translation of
the graph of arg z = . And so arg (z a) = is the ray (or half-line) which starts from
but excludes the point a and which makes an angle with the positive x-axis.
The point b is in the locus, because indeed arg(b a) = . In contrast, the point c is not in
the locus, because its argument is not arg(c a) .
Note importantly that points along the dotted red ray, such as d, are not in the locus,
because arg(d a) = .
Moreover, the point a is not in the locus, because arg(a a) = arg 0 is undefined.
{z : arg (z a) = }
b
a
d
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The 9740 syllabus doesnt mention loci of the form arg z . Unfortunately, such loci
have occasionally appeared on the A-level exams,45 which means you have to learn it.
The locus arg z is simply the region bounded by (and including) the rays arg z =
and arg z = .
{z : arg z = }
{z : arg z = }
45
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
43.4
Definition 98. A chord is a line segment connecting any two points on a circles circumference.
Here are a few properties of the circle (which you are supposed to still remember from
O-levels) and which would definitely have been useful in some complex loci questions in
the past ten years A-levels.
Fact 56. Let A be a point exterior to a circle. Let B and C be the points at which the
tangents from A touch the circle. Let O be the centre of the circle.
(a) The line through A and O (i) bisects the angle BAC; (ii) is the perpendicular bisector
of the chord BC; and (iii) passes through the points D and E, which are the points on the
circle that are respectively that closest to and furthest from A.
(b) The lengths AB and AC are equal.
(c) The angles OBA and OCA are right.
Perpendicular
bisector of chord
B
Chord
E
O
Tangents C
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 420. The complex number z satisfies the equation z + 4 + 2i = 1. (a) What are
the maximum and minimum possible values of z? (b) For what values of z is z maximised
and minimised?
z + 4 + 2i = 1 describes a unit circle centred on the point C = (4, 2). Even if not asked
for, you should make a quick sketch to help yourself see better.
By the above fact, z is maximised at F and minimised at N , where F and N lie on the
line through the origin and the circles centre.
2
1
4
or CA = . And AN = . Hence,
5
5
5
2
1
N = (4 + , 2 + )
5
5
1
2
Symmetrically, F = (4 , 2 ).
5
5
y
O
|z + 4 + 2i | = 1
U
N
F
D
y = 0.5 x
(Line through the
origin and the
centre of the circle.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The angle COU is sin1 (1/ 20). Hence, arg U = +COU = tan1 0.5sin1 (1/ 20).
19. Altogether then D = 19 and arg D = tan1 0.5 + sin1 (1/ 20).
Symmetrically, we also have U = 19 and arg U = sin1 0.5 + tan1 (1/ 20).
(Figure reproduced for convenience.)
y
O
|z + 4 + 2i | = 1
U
N
F
D
y = 0.5 x
(Line through the
origin and the
centre of the circle.)
Exercise 167. The complex number z satisfies the equation z 2 2i = 1. (a) What are
the maximum and minimum possible values of z? (b) For what values of z is z maximised
and minimised? (c) What are the maximum and minimum possible values of arg z? (d)
For what values of z is arg z maximised and minimised? (Answer on p. 1123f.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
44
De Moivres Theorem
n
n 1
Proof. (cos + i sin ) = (ei ) = ei(n) = cos (n) + i sin (n), where = and = use the Euler
2
Formula (Theorem 6) and = uses the law of exponents (xa ) = xab , which applies even when
a is imaginary.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
44.1
2,
arg z =
+ 2k =
(k = 0),
4
4
2
z 2 = ( 2) = 2,
arg z 2 = 2 ( ) + 2k =
(k = 0),
4
2
z 3 = ( 2) = 2 2,
3
arg z 3 = 3 ( ) + 2k =
(k = 0),
4
4
4
z 4 = ( 2) = 4,
arg z 4 = 4 ( ) + 2k = (k = 0),
4
z 5 = ( 2) = 4 2,
(k = 1),
arg z 5 = 5 ( ) + 2k =
4
4
etc.
z11
32 y z10
16
z12
-64
z9
z3 z2
z8
z
x
0
-16 z5 0
16
7
z
6
z
-16
z4
-48
-32
-32
-48
z13
-64
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
12 + 0.42 = 1.16,
z 2 = 1.16,
z 3 = 1.16 1.16,
z 4 = 1.162 ,
z 5 = 1.162 1.16,
etc.
The powers of z = 1 + 0.4i, up to the 14th, are illustrated in the figure below.
z5
z6
z4
z3
y
z2
z1
z
z7
z8
z14
z9
z13
z10
z12
z10
z11
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 169. (a) Given z = 3 4i, find z and arg z. Hence find z 7 and arg z 7 . Write
down (3 4i)7 in exponential form.
(b) Given z = 5 + 12i, find z and arg z. Hence find z 8 and arg z 8 . Write down (5 + 12i)8
in exponential form. (Answer on p. 1125.)
Exercise 170. For each of the given values of z, compute z 10 , expressing your answer in
all three forms (polar, exponential, and standard). (a) z = 1 i. (b) z = 2 + i. (c) z = 1 3i.
(Answer on p. 1126.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
44.2
Example 423. What are the roots to the equation z 3 = 1 + i? That is, for what values of
z is the given equation true?
A nave application of de Moivres Theorem might suggest that
z 3 = 21/2 and arg z 3 = /4
1/3
z = (21/2 )
This is not incorrect, but it gives us only one root to the equation z 3 = 1 + i, namely
z = 21/6 ei(/12) .
In contrast, the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra tells us that since the equation z 3 = 1 + i
involves a degree-3 polynomial, it should have 3 roots. Weve just found one root. How do
we find the other two?
The trick is to recognise that z 3 = 21/2 ei/4 can also be written as z 3 = 21/2 ei(/4+2k) ,
for any integer k. This is because if you plug in any integer k, you will always get
21/2 ei(/4+2k) = 21/2 ei(/4) . The reason is that ei(2) = 1.
1/3
1/3
We then have z = (z 3 ) = [21/2 ei(/4+2k) ] = 21/6 ei(/4+2k)/3 , for any integer k. Now in
contrast to before, different integers k will yield us distinct values for z = 21/6 ei(/4+2k)/3 .
In particular, if we pick values of k so that the values of (/4 + 2k) /3 are principal values,
that is, if we pick k = 0, 1, we have
z = 21/6 ei(/12) ,
21/6 ei(11/12) ,
21/6 ei(7/12) .
Observe that beautifully enough, the roots of the equation z 3 = 1 + i lie on a circle in
particular, the circle of radius 21/6 centred on the origin. Moreover, each root can be
2
obtained by rotating another root
radians about the origin.
3
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
z n
arg z n + 2k
In general, given z , we have z =
and arg z =
, where k are those integers
n
n
n
arg z
such that arg z =
+ 2k (, ].
n
n
The annoying part is to figure out the appropriate values of k. So heres how to do it:
1. If n is odd, then simply pick k = 0, 1, 2, . . . ,
0, 1, 2, . . . , 7.)
n1
. (E.g., if n = 15, then pick k =
2
n
2. If n is even AND arg z n > 0, then simply pick k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , . (E.g., if n = 16 and
2
arg z n > 0, then pick k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , 7, 8.)
n
3. If n is even AND arg z n 0, then simply pick k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , . (E.g., if n = 16 and
2
arg z n 0, then pick k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , 7, 8.)
You can easily verify that in each case, we do indeed have n roots (just count them). See
Fact 90 in the Appendices for a proof (or explanation) of why the above values of k ensure
that we have k distinct principal values for arg z.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
,
13 e
(12/5)+2k]/4
, for k Z.
(k = 0),
(k = 1),
(k = 1),
(k = 2).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
5
e
,
5
e
,
(k
=
0),
1/7
i[tan
(4/3)+2]/7
5 e
,
(k = 1),
5
e
,
5
e
,
(k
=
2),
5
e
,
5
e
,
(k
=
1),
1
1/7
i[tan
(4/3)4]/7
5 e
,
(k = 2),
5
e
,
5
e
,
(k
=
3),
,
5 e
(m = 0),
(m = 1),
(m = 2),
(m = 3),
(m = 1),
(m = 2),
(m = 3),
(m = 4).
x
/
Notice that the eight possible values of w are on a circle whose radius is just slightly shorter
than the red circle. (Only the red circle is illustrated.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 171. Find the roots of each of the following equations. (a) z 10 = 1 i. (b)
z 11 = 2 + i. (c) z 12 = 1 3i. (Answer on p. 1127.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Part V
Calculus
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
45
Part I already covered differentiation. This chapter merely ties up some loose ends.
45.1
The Inverse Function Theorem (IFT) simply says that The change in y caused by a small
unit change in x (dy/dx) is the inverse of the change in x caused by a small unit change
in y (dx/dy).46 That is,
dy 1
= .
dx dx
dy
Example 426. Suppose that adding 1 g of Milo (the x-variable) to a cup of water increases
the volume of water by 2 cm3 (the y-variable). That is, dy/dx = 2 cm3 g-1 .
Then dx/dy = 0.5 g cm-3 . That is, if instead we had wanted to increase the volume of water
by 1 cm3 , we should have added 0.5 g of Milo to the water.
dy
dx
1
= cos x
=
.
dx
dy cos x
dy
dx
. Hence write down
. (You may leave
dx
dy
your answers expressed in terms of x and y.) (Answer on p. 1128.)
46
This is informal. For the formal statement of the IFT (optional), see p. 969 in the Appendices.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
45.2
Informal Fact.
dx
dy dy dx
=
(provided
0).
dx dt dt
dt
Here is an informal proof of the above informal fact. By the Chain Rule,
dy 1 dy dt
=
.
dx dt dx
By the IFT,
dt 2 1
= .
dx dx
dt
2
dy
.
dx t=0
dy dy dx 6t5 1
=
=
.
dx dt dt 5t4 1
dy
= 1. It would be much more difficult (perhaps even impossible) if instead we first
dx t=0
dy
tried to express y in terms of x, then compute
.
dx
So
dy
. (Answer on p. 1128.)
dx
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
45.3
Fact 58. Given a line with slope m, its perpendicular has slope
1
.
m
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
45.4
Example 430. Sand is being unloaded onto a flat surface at a steady rate of 0.01 m3 s-1 .
Assume that the unloaded sand always forms a perfect cone with equal height and base
diameter. Find the rate at which the area of the base of the cone increasing at the instant
t = 20 s.
1
First, recall that a cone has volume V = r2 h, where r is the radius of the base and h is
3
the height. Since the base diameter equals the height (or h = 2r), we can rewrite this as
2
d
dV
dr
V = r3 . Applying , we have
= 2r2 .
3
dt
dt
dt
The base area is A = r2 . So the rate at which the base area is increasing is
dA
dr dV
= 2r =
r.
dt
dt dt
dV
= 0.01 at all times.
dt
3V 1/3
0.3 1/3
V t=20 = 20 0.01 = 0.2, so that rt=20 = ( )
= ( ) . Altogether then,
t=20
2
dA
0.3 1/3
= 0.01 ( ) = 0.0219 m2 s1 .
dt t=20
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 175. (Answer on p. 1129.) Illustrated below is a cone with lateral l, base radius
r, and height h. You are given that such a cone has total external surface area (excluding
1
the base) rl and volume r2 h.
3
d2 A 9 h4 A2 ( h3 )
=
.
dh2 4
A3
d2 A
. Replace A2 with the expression for A that you found
dh2
in (c). Now fully expand this numerator. Observe that it is a quadratic and prove that it
is always positive.
(g) Hence conclude that the stationary point we found is indeed the global minimum.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
45.5
Example 431. Define f [0, 2] R by x xsin (0.5x). We can easily find the minimum
point of f analytically:
df
= 1 cos ( x) = 0
dx
2
2
2
cos ( x) =
2
x=
2
2
cos1 0.560664181.
After Step 2.
After Step 3.
After Step 4.
After Step 5.
After Step 6.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
After Step 8.
After Step 9.
4. Press the blue 2ND button and then CALC (which corresponds to the TRACE
button). This brings up the CALCULATE menu.
5. Press 3 to select the minimum option. This brings you back to the graph, with a
cursor flashing. Also, the TI84 prompts you with the question: Left Bound?
TI84s MINIMUM function works by you first choosing a Left Bound and a Right
Bound for x. TI84 will then look for the minimum point within your chosen bounds.
6. Using the < and > arrow keys, move the blinking cursor until it is where you want your
first Left Bound to be. For me, I have placed it a little to the left of where I believe
the minimum point to be.
7. Press ENTER and you will have just entered your first Left Bound.
TI84 now prompts you with the question: Right Bound?.
8. So now just repeat. Using the < and > arrow keys, move the blinking cursor until it is
where you want your first Right Bound to be. For me, I have placed it a little to the
right of where I believe the minimum point to be.
9. Again press ENTER and you will have just entered your first Right Bound.
TI84 now asks you: Guess? This is just asking if you want to proceed and get TI84 to
work out where the minimum point is. So go ahead and:
10. Press ENTER . TI84 now informs you that there is a Zero at X = .56066485,
Y = .2105137 and places the cursor at precisely that point. This is our desired
minimum point.
(Notice theres a slight error, because the TI84 uses slightly-imprecise numerical methods.
Analytically, we found that the minimum point was x 0.560664181, while the TI84 claims
it is X = .56066485.)
Page 448, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
45.6
This example will also illustrate how to graph parametric equations on the TI84.
Example 432. The curve C has parametric equations x = t5 + t and y = t6 t, t R. Well
find dy/dx using our TI84, even though this is easily found analytically:
t=1
dy
6t5 1
5
= 4
= .
dx t=1 5t + 1 t=1 6
After Step 1.
After Step 2.
After Step 3.
After Step 4.
After Step 5.
After Step 6.
After Step 7.
After Step 8.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
dy
,
Actually, the last few steps were really not necessary, if all we wanted was to find
dx t=1
as we do now:
7. Press the blue 2ND button and then CALC (which corresponds to the TRACE
button). This brings up the CALCULATE menu, which once again looks a little different
under the current parametric setting.
8. Press 2 to select the dy/dx option. This brings you back to the graph.
Nothing seems to be happening. But now, simply ...
9. Press 1 and now the bottom left of the screen changes to display T = 1.
10. Hit ENTER . What youve just done is to ask the calculator to calculate
point where t = 1. The calculator tells you that dy/dx = .83333528.
dy
at the
dx
dy 5
Again, theres a slight error the exact correct answer is
= = 0.8333..., so again the
dx 6
TI84 is a tiny bit off.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
46
Power Series
ai xi = a0 + a1 x + a2 x2 + . . . ,
i=0
1
.
1x
For H2 Maths, the only power series well be interested in is called the Maclaurin series.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
46.2
Maclaurin Series
1 2 1 3
x2 x2
x + x + = 1 + x +
+
+ ...
2!
3!
2! 3!
M1 (x) = 1 + x,
M2 (x) = 1 + x +
x2
,
2!
M3 (x) = 1 + x +
x2 x3
+ .
2! 3!
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 176. Write down the third-order Maclaurin series for each of the following functions: (Answer on p. 1130.)
(a) f R R defined by x (1 + x)n ,
(b) g R R defined by x sin x,
(c) h R R defined by x cos x,
(d) i R R defined by x ln(1 + x).
Remark 8. The A-level syllabuses make no mention of the Taylor series and so we wont
talk about it. But just so you know, the Maclaurin series is simply a special case of the
Taylor series specifically, it is the Taylor series about 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
46.3
The Maclaurin series is simply an (infinite) series. And as we saw in Part II, an infinite
series may or may not be convergent.
The following is very powerful theorem:
Informal Theorem. If f satisfies a nice property at a, then M (a) converges to
f (a). That is, M (a) = f (a).
(See section 971 in the Appendices for a more thorough and formal discussion of this
theorem.)
This table is in the List of Formulae you get, so no need to memorise.
f (x)
f (0)
xf (0)
x2
f (0)
2!
...
xn (n)
f (0)
n!
...
(1 + x)n
nx
n(n 1) 2
x
2!
...
n(n 1) . . . (n r + 1) r
x
r!
...
(x < 1)
ex
x2
2!
...
xr
r!
...
(all x)
sin x
x3
3!
x5
5!
...
(1)r x2r+1
(2r + 1)!
...
(all x)
cos x
x2
2!
x4
4!
...
(1)r x2r
(2r)!
...
(all x)
ln(1 + x)
x2
2
x3
3
...
(1)r+1 xr
r
...
(1 < x 1)
1. The first row of the above table says that if x is a value at which the function f satisfies
the nice property, then f (x) is equal to the Maclaurin series of f at x.
2. The second row says that g R R by x (1 + x)n satisfies the nice property for all
n(n 1) 2
x (1, 1). Thus, for all x (1, 1), we have (1 + x)n = 1 + nx +
x + . . . We
2!
say that (1, 1) is the range of values for which g has a convergent Maclaurin
series.47
3. The third row says that h R R by x ex satisfies the nice property for all x R.
x2
Thus, for all x R, we have ex = 1 + x +
+ . . . We say that R is the range of values
2!
for which h has a convergent Maclaurin series.
47
We should be careful to state that if n < 0, then the domain should be restricted to exclude 0.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
4. The fourth row says that i R R by x sin x satisfies the nice property for all x R.
x3 x5
Thus, for all x R, we have sin x = x + . . . We say that R is the range of values
3! 5!
for which i has a convergent Maclaurin series.
5. The fifth row says that j R R by x cos x satisfies the nice property for all x R.
x2 x4
Thus, for all x R, we have cos x = 1 + . . . We say that R is the range of values
2! 4!
for which j has a convergent Maclaurin series.
6. The sixth row says that k (1, ) R by x ln(1 + x) satisfies the nice property for
x2 x3
all x (1, 1]. Thus, for all x (1, 1], we have ln(1 + x) = x + . . . We say that
2
3
(1, 1] is the range of values for which k has a convergent Maclaurin series.
In the syllabus, these five particular Maclaurin series are called standard series.
x2 x3
+ + . . . for all x R.
2! 3!
Instead, we will merely verify that this equation is plausible, for x = 0, 1, 5. (Try these
out yourself using the sheet Maclaurin series at the usual link.)
Example 437. Here we will not rigorously prove that ex = 1 + x +
1 1
M3 (1) = 1 + 1 + + = 2.67, ..., M7 (1) 2.718. It appears that Mn (1) 2.718 for all n 7.
2 6
So it does appear plausible that e1 = M (1).
25
For x = 5, we have ex = e5 148.413. And M0 (5) = 1, M1 (5) = 1 + 5 = 6, M2 (5) = 1 + 5 +
=
2
1
25 125
= 39 , ..., M18 (5) 148.413. It appears that Mn (5) 148.413
18.5, M3 (1) = 1 + 5 + +
2
6
3
for all n 18. So it does appear plausible that e5 = M (5).
Exercise 177. (Tedious, use the sheet named Maclaurin series at the usual link.) Verify
x3 x5
that for x = 0, , 2, it is similarly plausible that sin x = x
+ . . . (Answer on p.
2
3! 5!
1131.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
46.4
One important practical use of Maclaurin series is that finite-order Maclaurin series can be
used as approximations.
Example 438. Consider h R R defined by x ex . We have h(1) = e 2.718.
The 0th-order Maclaurin series is a pretty terrible approximation: M0 (1) = 1. The 1st-order
Maclaurin series is slightly better: M1 (1) = 1 + x = 1 + 1 = 2. The 2nd-order Maclaurin series
is even better: M2 (1) = 1 + x + 0.5x2 = 1 + 1 + 0.5 = 2.5. The 3rd-order Maclaurin series is
I emphasise the phrase tends to be, because the approximation can sometimes get worse
before it gets better, especially if were looking at a value that is far from 0. The next
example illustrates.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
The 0th-order Maclaurin series gets it exactly right. But each subsequent finite-order
Maclaurin series then drifts ever further from 0! Having computed the 5th- and 6th-order
Maclaurin series, it certainly does not look like the approximations will get any better. Yet
if we perservere, we find that
M7 (2) = M8 (2) 30.159,
M15 (2) =M16 (2) 0.093, M17 (2) =M18 (2) 0.011,
...
Indeed, Mn (2) 0.000 for all n 21. So it does indeed look like the Maclaurin series for
sin x converges. Graphed below are sin x and M21 (x). We see that M21 (x) almost perfectly
approximates sin x for x [7, 7]. But for larger values, M21 (x) veers far away from sin x.
x
-12
-7
-2
12
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
If a is not within the range of values for which the Maclaurin series for the function f
converges, then M (a) f (a). That is, the (infinite) Maclaurin series does not converge.
Hence, there is no reason to expect that Mi (a) f (a) (i.e. that any finite-order Maclaurin
series will serve as a good approximation). Example to illustrate.
Example 440. Consider k R R defined by x ln(1 + x). The range of values for which
the Maclaurin series converges is (1, 1]. Suppose we pick x = 2, which is certainly outside
this range. Then we have k(2) = ln 3 1.099. Lets see what the finite-order Maclaurin
series look like:
M0 (2) = 0,
M1 (2) = 2,
1
M4 (2) = 1 ,
3
M5 (2) = 5
M8 (2) = 19.314,
M9 (2) = 37.575,
1
,
15
M2 (2) = 0,
2
M3 (2) = 2 ,
3
M6 (2) = 5.6,
M7 (2) 12.686,
Unlike before, further perserverance will not pay off here. Indeed, the Maclaurin series will
grow without bound. For example, M50 (2) 14.9 trillion! The Maclaurin series simply
does not converge for x = 2. So there is no reason to expect any finite-order Maclaurin
series to be a good approximation.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
46.5
Informally, if two power series converge, then so too does their product; and to get this
product, simply multiply the two series together as if they were finite polynomials.48
1
1 3
x + . . . and cos x = 1 + 0 x2 + 0 + . . . .
3!
2!
Thus, for all x R, we have sin x cos x = c0 + c1 x + c2 x2 + c3 x3 + . . . , where
Example 441. For all x R, sin x = 0 + 1x + 0
Constant Term
c0 = 0 1 = 0,
Coefficient on x
c1 = 0 0 + 1 1 = 1,
Coefficient on x2
1
c2 = 0 ( ) + 1 0 + 0 1 = 0,
2!
Coefficient on x3
1
2
1
c3 = 0 0 + 1 ( ) + 0 0 + ( ) 1 =
2!
3!
3
The next example illustrates that one must be careful about when the Maclaurin series is
convergent:
48
This assertion is formally stated and proven at Fact 97 in the Appendices (optional).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1
Example 442. For all x R, we have sin x = 0 + 1x + 0 x3 + . . . For all x (1, 1],
3!
1 2 1 3
we have ln(1 + x) = 1x x + x + . . . And so for x (1, 1], we have sin x ln(1 + x) =
2
3
c0 + c1 x + c2 x2 + c3 x3 + . . . , where
Constant Term
c0 = 0 0 = 0,
Coefficient on x
c1 = 0 1 + 1 0 = 0,
Coefficient on x2
1
c2 = 0 ( ) + 1 1 + 0 0 = 1,
2
Coefficient on x3
c3 = 0
1
1
1
1
+ 1 ( ) + 0 1 + ( ) 0 =
3
2
3!
2
1
1
And so sin x ln(1 + x) = 0 + 0x + 1x2 + ( ) x3 + = x2 x3 + . . . , for x (1, 1] this set
2
2
is simply the intersection of R and (1, 1], which are respectively the ranges of values on
which the Maclaurin series for sin x and ln x converge.
The expression on the RHS is, of course, simply also the Maclaurin series for sin x ln(1 + x).
You are asked to show this in Exercise 178.
Exercise 179. Let f R R be defined by x sin x ln(1+x). Evaluate f (0), f (0), f (0),
and f (3) (0). Hence, write down the 3rd-order Maclaurin series for f and verify that this is
consistent with what we found in Example 442. (Answer on p. 1132.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
46.6
(x2 )
(x2 )
Thus, f (g(x)) = e = 1 + x +
+
+ . . . for all g(x) R. Equivalently,
2!
3!
2
x2
x4 x6
+
+ . . . for all x R.
f (g(x)) = e = 1 + x +
2! 3!
x2
In the case where g also has a convergent Maclaurin series, we can likewise also simply
plug in the Maclaurin series for g.50 Example:
49
50
For a more careful and formal version of this assertion, see Fact 98 in the Appendices (optional).
Again, for a more careful and formal version of this assertion, see Fact 99 in the Appendices (optional).
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
f (g(x)) =
Find the general term for a Maclaurin series is explicitly excluded from the A-level syllabuses. Usually youll just have to write down the first few terms.
Method #2 (direct method). Let h(x) = 1/(1 + sin x). We have h(0) = 1. We also have
R
R
cos x RRRR
dh RRRR
R =
= 1,
2 RRR
dx RRRR
R
(1
+
sin
x)
RRx=0
Rx=0
R
R
R
2
(1 + sin x) sin x + 2 cos2 x RRRR
d2 h RRRR
(1 + sin x) sin x + 2 cos2 x(1 + sin x) RRRR
RRR =
RRR
R =
4
3
dx2 RRRR
R
RRR
(1
+
sin
x)
(1
+
sin
x)
R
Rx=0
Rx=0
x=0
R
sin x + 2 sin2 x RRRR
=
RR = 2,
3
(1 + sin x) RRRRx=0
3
2
R
(1 + sin x) (cos x 2 sin x cos x) (sin x + 2 sin2 x) 3 (1 + sin x) cos x RRRR
d3 h RRRR
RRR
R =
6
RRR
dx3 RRRR
(1 + sin x)
Rx=0
Rx=0
1231
=
= 5.
1
Thus,
2
5
5
1
= 1 + (1)x + x2 + x3 + = 1 x + x2 x3 + . . .
1 + sin x
2!
3!
6
In the above example, I gave two methods. Use whichever seems to be easier or quicker.
Heres another example:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 446. Write down the Maclaurin series for sec x up to the 4th-order term.
Method #1 (composition method).
x2 x4
1
1
=
[1
(
sec x =
=
+ . . . )]
cos x 1 x2!2 + x4!4 . . .
2! 4!
x2 x4
x2 x4
=1+(
+ ...) + (
+ ...) + ...
2! 4!
2! 4!
1
1 2
x2 5x4
x2
4
+ x [ + ( ) ] + = 1 +
+
+ ...
=1+
2!
4!
2!
2
24
Method #2 (direct method). Let f (x) = sec x. Then f (0) = sec 0 = 1. And
f (x) = sec x tan x
f (0) = 0,
f (0) = 1,
f (3) (0) = 0,
f (4) (0) = 5.
1 2 0 3 5 4
x2 5x4
sec x = 1 + 0x + x + x + x + = 1 +
+
+ ...
2!
3!
4!
2! 24
Exercise 180. Write down the third-order Maclaurin series for sin [ln(1 + x)]. State also
the range of values for which the Maclaurin series converges. (Answer on p. 1132.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
46.7
f (i) (0)
.
i!
f (0) = 2!a2 ,
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
47
Definition 102. Given functions f and F , we call F an indefinite integral (or antiderivative
or primitive) of f if for all x in the domain of f ,
F (x) = f (x),
In Leibnizs notation, we may write
F = f (x) dx or more simply F = f dx.
The statement F = f dx is thus completely equivalent to the statement F = f .
Example 447. Consider the functions f, F R R defined by f (x) = 2x and F (x) = x2 .
We see that F is an indefinite integral of f , because F (x) = 2x = f (x) for all x. We can
equivalently say that f is the derivative of F . We can also write
F = f dx or
dF
= f.
dx
The statement the value of F at 5 is 25 can be written as F (5) = 25. It can also be
written as
f dxx=5 = 25 or
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 448. The following two expressions are equal because i on the LHS and r on the
RHS are simply dummy variables.
n
i=1
r=1
i = r.
Similarly, the statement F = f (x) dx is equivalent any of the following three statements,
because the letters x, a, b, c, etc. are merely dummy variables:
F = f (a) da,
or F = f (b) db,
or F = f (c) dc.
So the statement the value of F at 5 is 25 can also be written F (5) = 25 or any of the
following four statements:
f (x) dxx=5 = 25, f (a) daa=5 = 25,
f (b) dbb=5 = 25,
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
47.1
In general:
Fact 59. If F is an indefinite integral of f , then so too is G defined by G(x) = F (x) + C,
for any C R.
We call C the constant of integration.
Proof. Since F (x) = f (x) for all x, we also have G (x) = F (x) + C = F (x) + 0 = f (x) for
all x. And so by definition, G is also an indefinite integral of f .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
47.2
Formally:
Fact 60. If F and G are both indefinite integrals of f , then there exists some C R such
that F (x) = G(x) + C for all x.
Proof. Since F and G are both indefinite integrals of f , by definition, F (x) = G (x) for all
x. And thus (F G) (x) = 0 for all x. But the only functions whose derivative is always 0
are constant functions.51 Thus, F (x) G(x) = C, for all x, for some C R.
51
The alert reader will note that this assertion has not actually been proven in this textbook. Well simply take it for granted
that the only functions whose derivative is 0 are constant functions.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
48
Integration Techniques
As before with our notation for differentiation, lets be clear (pedantic). To take an example,
the notation
sin x dx = cos x + C
is simply shorthand for the following long-winded statement:
Consider a function with mapping rule x sin x.
Its indefinite integrals are functions, all of which
have the mapping rule x cos x + C.52
52
This shorthand statement fails to to mention the domain and codomains of the function and its indefinite integral. However,
the careful writer will of course have specified these nearby.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
48.1
x dx
kx + C,
xn+1
=
+ C,
n+1
1
x dx = ln x + C,
x
e dx
(x 0 if n < 0)
(x 0)
sin x dx
= cos x + C,
cos x dx
= sin x + C,
f (x) g(x) dx = F + G + C,
ex + C,
kf (x) dx
kF + C,
ln x + C,
ln x + C =
ln (x) + C,
Thus,
(ln x + C) =
dx
x
And so indeed
for x 0,
for x < 0.
for x 0,
1
,
x
for x < 0.
d
(ln x + C) = x1 for all x 0.
dx
You are asked to prove the remaining rules of integration in Exercise 182.
Exercise 182. Prove the remaining rules of integration listed in Proposition 10. (Answer
on p. 1134.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
48.2
No need to memorise the following rules of integration, because the List of Formulae contains a (slightly less general) version.
Proposition 11. Let a 0. Then
(a)
(b)
1
x2 + a2 dx
1
dx =
2
a x2
1
x
tan1 ( ) + C,
a
a
x
sin1 ( ) + C,
a
for x < a,
(c)
1
x2 a2 dx
1
xa
ln
+ C,
2a
x+a
for x a,
(d)
1
a2 x2 dx
1
a+x
ln
+ C,
2a
ax
for x a,
(e)
tan x dx
ln sec x + C,
(f)
cot x dx
ln sin x + C,
(g)
csc x dx
= ln csc x + cot x + C,
(h)
sec x dx
ln sec x + tan x + C,
,
2
,
2
=
dx
x +1
dx a
a
a ( x )2 + 1 a
a
a
1
1
x
. So indeed 2
dx = tan1 ( ) + C.
2
2
2
x +a
x +a
a
a
(a) By Corollary 2,
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
xa
0.
x+a
d 1
xa
d 1
xa
1 d
( ln
+ C) =
( ln
+ C) =
[ln(x a) ln(x + a)]
dx 2a
x+a
dx 2a x + a
2a dx
1
1
1
1 x + a (x a) 1 2a
1
=
(
)=
=
=
,
2a x a x + a
2a (x a) (x + a) 2a x2 a2 x2 a2
1
1
xa
so that indeed 2
dx
=
ln
+ C.
x a2
2a
x+a
Case #2:
xa
< 0.
x+a
xa
d 1
ax
1 d
d 1
( ln
+ C) =
( ln
+ C) =
[ln(a x) ln(x + a)]
dx 2a
x+a
dx 2a x + a
2a dx
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
=
(
)=
(
)= 2
,
2a a x x + a
2a x a x + a
x a2
1
xa
1
so that again 2
dx =
ln
+ C.
2
x a
2a
x+a
(e) Let x not be an odd integer multiple of /2, so that sec x 0.
Case #1: sec x 0.
d
d
sec x tan x
(ln sec x + C) =
(ln sec x + C) =
= tan x,
dx
dx
sec x
so that indeed tan x dx = ln sec x + C.
Case #2: sec x < 0.
d
sec x tan x
d
(ln sec x + C) =
[ln ( sec x) + C] =
= tan x,
dx
dx
sec x
so that again tan x dx = ln sec x + C.
Exercise 183. Prove the remaining rules of integration listed in Proposition 11. (Answers
on pp. 1135, 1136, 1137, and 1138.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
48.3
Trigonometric Functions
The following indefinite integrals are NOT on the List of Formulae and you are definitely
required to know how to derive them on your own!
Fact 61. Let m, n R. Then
(a)
2
sin x dx
1
sin 2x
x
+ C,
2
4
(b)
2
cos x dx
sin 2x
1
x+
+ C,
2
4
(c)
2
tan x dx
tan x + x + C,
(d)
(e)
sin(mx) sin(nx) dx =
} + C,
2
mn
m+n
(f)
cos(mx) cos(nx) dx =
1 cos 2x
1
sin 2x
dx = x
+ C.
2
2
4
You are asked to prove the remaining rules of integration in Exercise 184.
Exercise 184. Prove the remaining rules of integration listed in Fact 61. (Answer on p.
1139.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
48.4
The method of integration by substitution (IBS) is the Chain Rule in reverse. Before
we explain why it works, here are two examples of how it works.53
cos x
. Next, observe that
Example 451. Lets find cot x dx. First, observe that cot x =
sin x
d
du
sin x = cos x. Let u = sin x (this is our substitution), so that we also have
= cos x.
dx
dx
So:
cos x
1 du
cot
x
dx
=
dx
=
sin x
u dx dx.
So far, nothing unusual has happened. Now were going to do something strange, which is
to take that last expression and merrily cancel out the dxs:
1 du
1
u dx dx = u du + C1 .
du
is NOT a fraction? So why are we
Didnt we repeatedly insist earlier that the derivative
dx
allowed to merrily cancel out the dxs!? Shortly well explain why this move is legitimate.
For now, let us blindly perservere:
1
u du + C1 = ln u + C = ln sin x + C.
Another example, before we explain why exactly we can merrily cancel out the dxs:
du
Example 452. Lets find 2x cos x2 dx. Let u = x2 , so that we also have
= 2x. Now,
dx
du
2
2x cos x dx = dx cos u dx.
Again, we merrily cancel out the dxs and write:
du
2
dx cos u dx = cos u du + C1 = sin u + C = sin x + C.
53
Actually we secretly already used this method a few times above, though not very explicitly.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We now explain why it is OK to merrily cancel out the dxs. In fact, saying that we
merrily cancel out the dxs is merely a mnemonic (memory device). We are not actually
cancelling out the dxs. Instead, we are appealing to the following result:
Theorem 9. Let f D R be any continuous function. Let u be a real-valued differentiable
function. Assume Range(u) D, so that the composite function f u exists. Then
du
f dx dx = f du + C.
dP 1
du
dQ 2
du
dx and Q = f du. In other words,
=f
and
= f.
Proof. Let P = f
dx
dx
dx
du
2
dQ dQ du 3
du
=
=f .
dx du dx
dx
du
. And so
dx
by Fact 60 (uniqueness of the indefinite integral up to a constant), P and Q must be equal
(or differ by at most a constant). That is, P = Q + C or
1
Examining = and =, we see that P and Q are both indefinite integrals for f
du
f dx dx = f du + C.
The above result says that when doing integration, we are allowed to merrily do two
things:
du
du
dx with du (cancel out the dxs from
dx to get du);
dx
dx
du
dx
du
2. Replace du with
dx (multiply du by
= 1 to get
dx).
dx
dx
dx
1. Replace
Of course, we are not actually doing any such things as cancelling out the dxs or muldx
tiplying by
= 1 these are merely mnemonics. Instead, all we are doing is appealing
dx
to the above theorem.54
Lets try more examples, now that we have a better understanding of how this works:
54
dy
dx
dy
= 1/ . The IFT is true NOT because
and
dx
dy
dx
dx
dy
dx
are fractions. Nonetheless, as a convenient mnemonic, we can pretend that the IFT holds because
and
are
dy
dx
dy
fractions even though strictly speaking, such thinking is wrong.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
du
Example 453. Lets find esin x cos x dx. Let u = sin x, so that we also have
= cos x.
dx
Now we can write
du
1
sin x
cos x dx = eu dx = eu du + C1 = eu + C = esin x + C,
e
dx
1
where = uses Theorem 9. Purely as a mnemonic, we may think of this step = as cancelling
out the dxs, even though strictly speaking, we are doing no such thing; instead, we are
appealing to Theorem 9.
50
Example 454. Lets find (x3 + 5x2 3x + 2) (3x2 + 10x 3) dx. One method would
be to fully expand the integrand to get a 152nd-degree polynomial, then integrate this
polynomial term-by-term. This is doable, but absurdly tedious.
A better method is to observe that 3x2 + 10x 3 =
x3 + 5x2 3x + 2. Then we can write
d
(x3 + 5x2 3x + 2). Thus, let u =
dx
50
3
2
2
50 du
(x + 5x 3x + 2) (3x + 10x 3) dx = u dx dx
51
u51
(x3 + 5x2 3x + 2)
= u du + C1 =
+C =
51
51
1
50
+ C,
In the next three examples, we go in the opposite direction. That is, instead of cancelling
dx
out the dxs as was done in the previous few examples, we instead multiply by
= 1.
dx
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 455. Lets find
1 u2 du. Well use the substitution u = sin x. Note that
du
2
1 u = 1 sin2 x = cos x. Moreover,
= cos x. So
dx
dx
du
1
1 u2 du = cos x du = cos x du = cos x dx + C1
dx
dx
sin 2x
2 1
= cos x cos x dx + C1 = cos2 x dx + C1 = x +
+ C,
2
4
1 1
2 sin x cos x sin1 u + u 1 u2
= sin u +
=
,
2
4
2
1
2
2
[ 12 (u3 1)]
x2
(u3 1)
(u3 1) du
dx =
dx =
dx =
dx
3
3
4u
4u du
1 + 2x
u3
2
(u3 1) dx
(u3 1) 3 2
3u (1 2u3 + u6 )
=
du + C1 =
( u ) du + C1 =
du + C1
4u du
4u
2
8
1
3
3 u2 2u5 u8
3 2 1 2u3 u6
4
7
u
2u
+
u
du
+
C
=
(
+
)
+
C
=
u (
+ )+C
1
8
8 2
5
8
8
2
5
8
3
2(1 + 2x) (1 + 2x)2
2/3 1
= (1 + 2x) [
+
]+C
8
2
5
8
3
20 16 32x + 5 + 20x + 20x2
3
20x2 12x + 9
+ C = (1 + 2x)2/3
+ C,
= (1 + 2x)2/3
8
40
8
40
1
where = uses Theorem 9. (The last line is just further simplification, which is nice but not
necessary.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
1
Example 457. Lets find
dx. Well use the substitution u = tan x or x =
1 + 3 cos2 x
tan1 u. Note that
cos2 x =
So
1
1+
3
1+u2
dx =
1
1
1
=
=
2
sec2 x 1 + tan x 1 + u2
1
1+
3
1+u2
and
dx
1
=
.
du 1 + u2
du
1
1 dx
1
1
dx =
du + C1 =
du + C1
3
3
du
1 + 1+u2 du
1 + 1+u2 1 + u2
1
1
1
2 1
1 u
1 tan x
du
+
C
=
du
+
C
=
tan
(
)
+
C
=
tan
(
) + C,
1
1
1 + u2 + 3
22 + u2
2
2
2
2
=
1
du
2
= 1) and = uses Proposition 11.
du
Usually, the hard part is to figure out the appropriate substitution to make. Fortunately,
in the A-level exams, youll always be told what substitution to make.
Exercise 185. (Answers on pp. 1140 and 1141.) (a) (i) Use the substitution x = 3 sec u
9
to find
dx.
x2 x2 9
9
9
1
(iii) Show that sin (sec1 y) = 1 2 . Then explain why your answers in (i) and (ii) are
y
consistent.
x3
3
tan u to find
dx.
3/2
2
(4x2 + 9)
x3
2
(ii) Now use instead the substitution u = 4x + 9 to find
dx.
3/2
(4x2 + 9)
1
(iii) Show that cos (tan1 y) =
. Then explain why your answers in (i) and (ii) are
1 + y2
consistent.
(b) (i) Use the substitution x =
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
48.5
u v
x
x
x
x
x
x
x e dx = uv u v dx = xe e dx = xe e = e (x 1).
2 x
2 x
x
x e dx = uv u v dx = x e 2xe dx
= x2 ex 2ex (x 1) = ex (x2 2x + 2). (Use the previous example.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
49
The problem of finding the definite integral is the problem of finding the area under a curve.
The problem of finding the derivative is the problem of finding the slope of the tangent.
The two Fundamental Theorems of Calculus (FTCs) show that, surprisingly enough, these
two problems are intimately (indeed inversely) related.
This chapter is a largely-informal discussion of the intuition behind the FTCs.
49.1
Given a continuous real-valued function f , its area function is denoted A and is, informally, defined by the mapping A(c) = Area bounded by the graph of f , the horizontal
axis, and the vertical lines x = 0 and x = c.
Example 460. Graphed below is the continuous function f R+0 R defined by f (x) =
x + 1.
The area A(6) is highlighted in red. It is the area bounded by the graph of f , the horizontal
axis, and the vertical lines x = 0 and x = 6.
Using a graphing calculator, A(6) = 15.79795897... Is there a way I can figure this out
without a graphing calculator? Heres one possible approach lets approximate the area
by using three rectangles.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
x
-1
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Analogously, to calculuate the Upper Sum SU 6 , we give the first rectangle height of f (1),
the second f (2), ..., the sixth f (6). So each rectangle has, respectively, area 1 f (1),
1 f (2), ..., and 1 f (6). Hence, SU 6 = f (1) + f (2) + f (3) + f (4) + f (5) + f (6) 16.832.
Once again, A(6) has lower and upper bounds SL6 and SU 6 . That is, 14.382 SL6 A(6)
SU 6 16.832.
You can see where this is going. We can get ever better lower and upper bounds, by
increasing the number of rectangles we use.
(... Example continued on the next page ... )
Page 484, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Exercise 187. Continuing with the above example, find SL12 and SU 12 . Hence give lower
and upper bounds for A(6). (Answer on p. 1143.)
x
-1
It appears then that we need to do more maths to figure out how to add up all these
infinitely-many, infinitely-slim rectangles. ... But it turns out though that there is an
absolutely-fantastic shortcut we can use.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
49.2
Given a function f , we sketched an idea of how to find its area function A approximate
the area under the curve using infinitely-many, infinitely-slim rectangles and add up the
total area of these rectangles. This though was merely a sketch of an idea. How do we go
about adding up the area of these infinitely-many, infinitely-slim rectangles? Easier said
than done!
It turns out though that well take an entirely different approach. Strangely enough, instead
of finding the area function A, we shall try to find the the area functions derivative
A . This seems utterly bizarre. If we dont know what A is in the first place, how could
we possibly figure out what A is? This is analogous to asking someone, who has no idea
where Singapore is, to find the Singapore Flyer!
But surprisingly, it turns out to be much easier to find A than it is to find A! Well recycle
the example from the last section:
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 460 (continued from the previous section). Pick some x thats just a little
larger than 6. A(x) is the area bounded by the graph of f , between the vertical lines x = 0
and x = 6. And so A(x) is just slightly larger than A(6).
x
-1
Consider the thin green vertical strip. This green strip is roughly rectangular in shape
its left, right, and bottom edges are all straight. Only its upper edge is not straight.
This green strips area is exactly A(x) A(6). Moreover, we know that its base is x 6, its
left side is f (6), and its right side is f (x). Hence,
(... Example continued on the next page ...)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
A(x) A(6)
< f (x).
x6
Now consider what happens if we pick another x that is slightly smaller but still larger
than 6. Then the above pair of inequalities will still hold. Indeed, for all x > 6, the above
pair of inequalities hold. If we let x approach 6, the above pair of inequalities becomes
A(x) A(6)
lim f (x).
x6
x6
x6
(For why the strict inequalities < became weak inequalities , either you simply trust me
or see Fact 7 in the Appendices.)
Of course, lim f (6) is simply f (6). And by the continuity of f , lim f (x) = f (6). Hence,
x6
x6
A(x) A(6)
f (6),
x6
x6
f (6) lim
A(x) A(6)
= f (6). But wait a second ...
x6
x6
A(x) A(6)
lim
? It is simply the value of the derivative of A at 6!!
x6
x6
which means of course that lim
what is
A(x) A(6)
Def
A (6) = lim
.
x6
x6
We thus conclude that astonishingly enough, A (6) = f (6). And this is more generally true
given a continuous function f , the derivative of its area function is simply the original
function itself! This is the First Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Note that earlier we defined the area function so that we started counting the area from
x = 0 (vertical axis). But this was just to keep the above arguments and diagrams simple.
It makes no difference if we start counting the area from any other x = a instead.
Theorem 11. (First Fundamental Theorem of Calculus [FTC1], informal statement.) Let f be a real-valued continuous function with area function A. Then A = f .
In words, the FTC1 says that the area function of a continuous function is simply
the function itself ! Equivalently, an indefinite integral (or antiderivative) of a
continuous function is the area function.55
Exercise 188. Why did I use the indefinite article an, rather than the definite article the,
in the last sentence above? (Answer on p. 1143.)
Velocity (ms-1)
Time (s)
0
55
For a formal, rigorous statement of FTC1 and its proof, see section 88.17 in the Appendices.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
49.3
p f (x) dx is the area under under the graph of f , between p and q. (Compare this to the
q
area function: A(k) is the area under the graph of f , between 0 and k.) We call
the definite (or Riemann) integral of f between p and q.
56
f (x) dx
y
x
0
IMPORTANT REMARK
q
The indefinite integral f dx and the definite integral f dx have very similar
p
names and notation. But do not make the mistake of believing that weve simply defined
them so that theyre similar we have not.
The indefinite integral f (x) dx is an antiderivative of f . (It is also a function.)
b
The definite integral f (x) dx is the area under the graph of f , between a and b. (It
a
is also a number.)
A priori, there is no reason whatsoever to believe that some antiderivative of f and
some area under the graph of f have anything in common.
It is the two FTCs that establish the connection between the two. This is what makes the
FTCs remarkable and surprising.
And it is because of this connection that we give these two distinctly-defined mathematical
objects such similar names and notation.
56
For the formal definition of the definite integral, see section 88.17 in the Appendices.
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
49.4
Thus, f dx = A(q) A(p). From this and also with the aid of the FTC1, we can easily
p
prove the FTC2.
Theorem 12. (The Second Fundamental Theorem of Calculus [FTC2].) Let f
[a, b] R be a continuous function and p, q [a, b]. Then
q
p f dx = f dxx=q f dxx=p .
Proof. By Theorem 11, the area function A is an indefinite integral of f . And so by
Fact 60, A and f dx differ by at most a constant. That is, for all r [a, b], we have
A(r) = f dx
x=r
+ C. Hence,
q
p f dx = A(q) A(p)
= [ f dx
x=q
= f dx
x=q
+ C] [ f dx
f dx
x=p
+ C]
x=p
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
50
Definite Integrals
To repeat:
The indefinite integral f dx is an antiderivative of f .
b
a f dx = f dxx=b f dxx=a ,
b
To compute f dx, one method would have been to painfully add up the area of the
a
infinitely-many infinitely-slim rectangles. Thanks to the FTCs, we have a wonderful
alternative method that is much easier:
1. Find any indefinite integral of f .
2. The difference of the values of this indefinite integral at b and a is our desired area.
We can simply apply all the rules of integration we learnt earlier.
b
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
50.1
Example 463. Find the exact area bounded by the curve y = x2 and the horizontal lines
y = 1 and y = 2.
Its always helpful to make a quick sketch (given below). Our desired area is labelled A
below. To find a desired area, there are usually multiple methods, some quicker than others.
3 1
x
1
2
2
2
21
2
.
2 x dx = [ 3 ] = 3 ( 3 ) =
3
2
1
By symmetry, D has the same area as B. C has area 1 2. Hence, A has area
2 21
4
2 21
+2+
) = (2 2 1) .
A + B + C + D (B + C + D) = 4 2 (
3
3
3
Method #2. The right branch of the parabola y = x2 has equation x = y. The right half
y=2
y=2
2
2
2
4
x dy =
of the area A is
y dy = [y 3/2 ]1 = (2 2 1). Hence, A = (2 2 1).
3
3
3
y=1
y=1
y
y=2
A
y=1
B
x
-2
-1
Exercise 189. Find the exact area bounded by the curve y = x3 , the horizontal lines y = 1
and y = 2, and the vertical axis. (Answer on p. 1144.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
50.2
Example 464. Find the area A bounded by the curve y = x2 and the line y = x + 1.
1 5
.
By the quadratic formula, the curve and line intersect at the points x =
2
(1+ 5)/2
(1+ 5)/2
3
x
x2
2
(15)/2 x + 1 x dx = [ 2 + x 3 ]
(1 5)/2
3
3
2
(1 + 5)2
(1 + 5) (1 5)
(1 5)
1
+
5
1
=
23
2
3 23
23
2
3 23
6 + 2 5 1 + 5 16 + 8 5
6 2 5 1 5 16 8 5
=[
+
][
+
]
8
2
24
8
2
24
3 5 1 5 2 5
7+5 5 75 5 5 5
3+ 5 1+ 5 2+ 5
+
][
+
]=
=
.
=[
4
2
3
4
2
3
12
12
6
A
x
Exercise 190. Find the exact area bounded by the curve y = sin x and the line y = 0.5, for
x (0, /2).(Answer on p. 1145.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
50.3
1 5
. So
By the quadratic formula, the curves intersect at x =
2
A=
0.5(1+ 5)
0.5(1 5)
1 x2 (x2 2x 1) dx = 2
0.5(1+ 5)
0.5(1 5)
1 x2 + x dx
5 5
+ ]
=
,
= 2 [x
3
2 0.5(15)
3
x3
0.5(1+ 5)
2
x
where weve simply recycled our tedious calculations from the previous example.
x
A
Exercise 191. Find exact area bounded by the curves y = 2 x2 and y = x2 + 1. (Answer
on p. 1145.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
50.4
8
8
32
x3
.
x 4 dx = [ 4x] = ( 8) ( + 8) =
3
3
3
3
2
2
But of course, an area is simply a magnitude, so well take the absolute value and conclude
32
that the desired area is .
3
x
A
Exercise 192. Find the exact area bounded by x4 16 and the x-axis. (Answer on p.
1146.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
50.5
Example 467. Consider the curve described by the equations x = t3 2 and y = 4t5 . Find
the exact area bounded by the curve, the lines x = 2 and x = 1, and the horizontal axis.
It helps to graph this curve on your graphing calculator:
x=1
x=1
t=1
3t8
(4 t ) 3t dt = [4t
] = 4.
8 0
5
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
50.6
Example 468. Consider the line y = 1. Rotate it about the x-axis to form an (infinite)
3D cylinder. Now consider the finite portion of the cylinder between x = 1 and x = 2. By a
primary school formula, its volume is Base Area Height = 12 (2 1) = .
Height
Radius
Volume
We can also compute this same volume using integration. The intuition is that were adding
up infinitely-many infinitely-thin circle-shaped slices, laid on their sides, from x = 1 to x = 2
(left to right). The face of each of these circles has area y 2 . In this particular example, y
is constant (simply 1). Thus, the total volume is
1
y 2 dx =
2
1
dx = [x]1 = .
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
Example 469. Rotate the line y = 3x about the x-axis to form an infinite double cone.
Consider the finite portion of the cone between x = 0 and x = 2. By the formula for the
1
1
volume of a cone, we know its volume is r2 h = 62 2 = 24.
3
3
We can also compute this same volume using integration. Again, the intuition is that were
adding up infinitely-many infinitely-thin circle shaped slices, from x = 0 to x = 2. Again,
the face of each of these circles has area y 2 . In this particular example, y = 3x. Thus, the
total volume is
2
0 y dx = 0
x3
(3x) dx = 9 [ ] = 24.
3 0
2
Height
Radius
Volume
Now consider instead the finite portion of the cone between x = 3 and x = 5. This looks
like a pedestal tilted sideways (not illustrated). We can easily compute its volume using
integration:
5
3 y dx = 3
x3
(3x) dx = 9 [ ] = 294.
3 3
2
Computing its volume using geometric formulae is possible, if slightly more tedious. The
1
1
finite portion of the cone between x = 0 and x = 3 is V1 = r2 h = 92 3 = 81. The finite
3
3
1 2
1
portion of the cone between x = 0 and x = 5 is V2 = r h = 152 5 = 375. Hence, the
3
3
desired volume is V = V2 V1 = 375 81 = 294.
Page 499, Table of Contents
www.EconsPhDTutor.com
We can just as easily find the volume of rotation about the y-axis.
Example 470. Consider the curve y = x2 . Find its volume of rotation about the y-axis,
from y = 0 and y = 5.
In this case, there are no familiar geometric formulae we can apply. So we really just have
to compute this same volume using integration. Again, the intuition is that were adding up
infinitely-many infinitely-thin circle-shaped slices, but this time these circle-shaped slices
are stacked from bottom to top, from y = 0 to y = 5. The face of each of these circles has
area x2 , where in this particular example, x2 = y. Thus, the total volume is
5
0 x dy = 0
y2
y dy = [ ] = 12.5.
2 0
Volume
Exercise 194. Compute the volume of rotation of y = sin x about the x-axis from x = 0 to
x = . (Answer on p. 1146.)
www.EconsPhDTutor.com